Quarterlytics / Publishing / Future

Future

futr · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker futr
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Future
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
AR16

Future plc
Annual Report  
and Accounts
2016

01

Future plc

Group overview
Future plc is an international media group listed on the London 
Stock Exchange (symbol: FUTR). These highlights refer to the 
Group’s annual results for the year ended 30 September 2016.

Strategic Report

01  Group overview

02	 Chairman’s	statement

03	 Chief	Executive’s	review	

05	 Strategic	overview	

07	 What	we	do

09		 Risks	and	uncertainties

11	 Corporate	responsibility	

Financial Review

13	 Financial	review		

Corporate Governance

17	 Board	of	Directors	

19	 Directors’	report	

23	 Corporate	Governance	report	

29	 Directors’	remuneration	report

41	

Independent	auditors’	report	

Financial Statements

43	 Financial	statements		

79	 Notice	of	Annual	General	Meeting	

84	

Investor	information		

Continuing Revenue

Net Cash

£59.0m    

2015: £59.8m

£0.5m  

2015: Net Debt £(1.8)m 

Continuing EBITDAE

Continuing Exceptional items 

£4.7m    

2015: £3.6m 

£(16.5)m    

2015: £(2.5)m

Continuing EBITE

Continuing Loss Before Tax 

£2.3m      

2015: £0.8m

£(14.9)m    

2015: £(2.3)m

Continuing Digital Advertising  

Unique Users  

78%      

of total continuing advertising 
revenues (2015: 77%)

45.2m  

a month (Q4 up 14% on Q3)

Continuing Recurring Revenues  

£15.0m      

2015: £12.9m

•	EBITDAE	represents	
earnings	before	interest,	
tax,	depreciation,	
amortisation,	impairment	
and	exceptional	items.	
•	EBITE	represents	
earnings	before	
interest,	tax,	impairment	
and	exceptional	items.	

•	Recurring	revenues	
encompass	e-commerce	
and	subscriptions.
•	Exceptional	items	for	
2016	above	includes	
impairment	of	intangible	
assets	of	£13.0m.

	
 
	
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

Chairman’s 
statement

02

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

A diversified content business 
with data at its heart

This	year	the	Group	has	gained	significant	momentum;	by	
moving	to	a	new	divisional	structure,	Future	is	benefiting	
from	greater	operational	efficiency.	The	high-growth	Media	
division	is	developing	new	revenue	streams	in	e-commerce	
and	events,	backed	up	by	significant	digital	advertising	
revenue	and	the	Magazine	division	has	increased	operational	
efficiency	through	a	strengthened	magazine	portfolio.	

“   Future	continues	to		

produce	innovative	
content	through	expert	
insight	into	what	its	

customers	need.”

Peter Allen 
Chairman

This	has	been	an	extremely	good	year	for 	
Future;	operating	profit	before	exceptional	
items	has	grown	by	188%	year-on-year	
led	by	increasing	revenues	in	the	Media 	
division,	including	material	and	fast-growing	
e-commerce	and	events	revenue	streams.	
Future	continues	to	produce	innovative	
content	through	expert	insight	into	what	its 	
customers	need	and	monetises	this	through	
a	diversified	business	model	including	digital	
advertising,	events	and	magazines.

After	a	number	of	challenging	years,	the	team 	
is	now	building	a	track	record	of	delivery 	
and	the	clear	strategy	to	deliver	a	content 	
platform	business,	where	we	bring	audiences	
and	businesses	together	through	the	use	of 	
content,	is	working.

We	have	also	completed	a	number	of 	
acquisitions,	which	have	strengthened	the	
portfolio	and	will	result	in	economies	of	scale 	
and	enhanced	operational	profitability.	The	
last	of	these,	Imagine,	in	October	2016,	will 	
have	a	material	impact	on	revenue	and	profits. 	
The	integration	of	Imagine	is	well	on	track.

The	Group	is	committed	to	being	brilliant	at 	
the	basics,	including	proprietary,	scalable	
technology,	which	has	resulted	in	a	leaner	and 	
simpler	business	and	increased	operational	
efficiency.	In	addition	the	Group	has	adopted 	
a	disciplined	approach	to	investment	and	a 	
focus	on	cash	generation.

The	Group	continues	to	develop	its	brands, 	
creating	truly	global,	market-leading	
franchises	of	its	digital	and	events	assets	and 	
producing	a	record-breaking	year	for	user	
reach,	with	digital	users	reaching	53	million.
In	November	2015	the	Group	was	reorganised 	
into	two	new	divisions,	Media	and	Magazine, 	
to	position	it	for	growth.	This	new	divisional 	
structure	has	resulted	in	a	more	efficient 	
operating	model	which	better	reflects	the
divisions’	different	market	dynamics.	
Additionally	during	the	latter	part	of	the	year, 	
a	new	Media	Services	division	has	been 	
established	which	capitalises	on	opportunities	
to	exploit	the	Group’s	capabilities	as	a	content 	
platform,	focusing	on	growing	revenues	in	
third	party	relationships,	particularly	licensing,	
franchising	and	syndication	of	its	brands,	
content	and	technology.

On	behalf	of	the	Board,	I	would	like	to	thank 	
all	our	employees	for	their	hard	work	and 	
commitment	this	year.

Peter Allen 
Chairman

 
 
 
03

Future plc

Chief 
Executive’s 
review

Strategic report

Future’s	strategy	to	create	a	leading	global	specialist	media	platform	
with	data	at	its	heart,	monetised	through	diversified	revenue	streams,	
has	delivered	extremely	positive	results	with	Media	division	revenue	
growth	of	14%	year-on-year.	The	Group	is	also	benefiting	from	its	
operational	leverage	and	the	acquisitions	Future	has	made	this	year	
have	further	strengthened	the	portfolio.

“   We	focus	on	content	that	

connects	with	our	substantial	
audience	base	and	monetises	
their	needs	through	
increasingly	diversified	

revenue	streams.”

  Zillah Byng-Thorne

Chief	Executive

up	43%	year-on-year,	through	strengthened	
relationships	with	hardware	providers.

Our	online	audience	has	never	been	stronger, 	
with	our	global	websites	breaking	our	own 	
records.	During	our	peak	season	pre-
Christmas	we	reached	53m	online	users.	

We	have	strong	engagement	with	our	users 	
through	our	large	social	media	following,	
reaching	45m	people	across	Facebook,	
Twitter	and	YouTube	and	generating	10m	
sessions	to	our	websites	from	social	media.

We	continue	to	innovate	in	our	Magazine	
division,	including	new	magazine	launches	and	
updates	to	existing	titles.

Data-led content strategy

Diversified revenue

The	Group	made	significant	progress	in	the 	
last	financial	year,	both	operationally	and	
financially.	

Future	is	a	global	content	platform	for 	
specialist	media	with	scalable,	diversified	
brands	that	has	data	at	its	heart.	Data	drives 	
Future’s	strategy	by	helping	the	Group	
understand	its	audience’s	needs	and	
particularly	the	path	to	purchase,	which	allows 	
it	to	provide	value	for	its	partners,	clients	and 	
itself.	This	creates	loyal	communities.	This	
has	been	most	evident	in	the	Group’s 	
fast-growing	e-commerce	business,	where	
revenue	is	up	187%	year-on-year.

Our	data-led	content	strategy	underpins	our	
move	to	a	diverse	revenue	business,	with 	
e-commerce	and	events	showing	notable	
rates	of	growth.	Additionally,	a	major	
re-alignment	of	the	cost	base	and	tight 	
management	of	the	decline	of	the	print 	
business	have	resulted	in	further	growth	in 	
operating	profit.	During	the	year	we	completed 	
the	re-organisation	of	the	business	into	two 	
distinct	divisions;	Media,	which	is	focused	on 	
global	scalable	brands,	and	Magazine,	which	
is	focused	on	market-leading	specialist	
content.

In	October	2016,	we	established	a	new 	
division,	Media	Services,	which	is	focused	on 	
delivering	high	margin	revenues	through	
monetising	our	IP	franchise,	licensing	and	
contract	publishing	deals.	

We	are	expanding	our	global	reach	through 	
organic	growth,	acquisitions	and	strategic	
partnerships.	The	global	media	brands	in	our 	
Media	division	have	performed	strongly	this	
year;	two	of	our	leading	brands,	 techradar.com	
and	PCGamer.com,	have	shown	significant	
growth.	Techradar	revenue	was	up	49%	
year-on-year,	a	result	of	leveraging	content	to 	
harness	e-commerce,	and	PC	Gamer	revenue	

We	understand	the	value	of	diversified	revenues	
within	media	and	continue	to	concentrate	
on	developing	material,	recurring	new	cash	
generative	products	in	order	to	take	advantage	
of	a	fast	changing	media	landscape.	We	have	
clearly	diversified	revenue	streams	in	digital	
advertising,	e-commerce,	events,	licensing,	
retail,	subscriptions,	contract	publishing	and	
third	party	sales.

Our	e-commerce	business	goes	from	strength	
to	strength;	enriching	users’	experience	and	
providing	price	comparison	and	purchase	
options.	We	have	our	own	proprietary	price	
comparison	technology,	“Hawk”,	which	provides	
us	with	a	powerful	position	in	the	UK	online	
technology	market	compared	to	many	other	
large	consumer	technology	websites.	Our	
acquisition	of	Next	Commerce	in	August	2016	
further	builds	on	the	range	of	our	product	
categories,	introducing	a	significantly	improved	
taxonomy,	while	also	expanding	our	reach	into	
Australia	and	South	East	Asia.		

We	have	a	strong	digital	advertising	revenue	
stream,	advertising	targeted	at	individuals	based	
on	behavioural	segmentation	and	a	technology	
stack	that	capitalises	on	the	growth	in	
programmatic	while	maximising	digital	yield.	We	
provide	access	to	unique	audiences,	focusing	
on	strategic	relationships	and	creative	solutions.

Our	events	business	has	taken	significant	
strides	forward	in	the	year,	including	the	hosting	
of	five	new	events.	We	have	built	on	our	global	
brands	by	producing	our	creative	and	design	
conference,	Generate,	in	four	locations:	New	
York,	Sydney,	London	and	San	Francisco.	

The	acquisitions	of	Noble	House	Media	and	
assets	from	Blaze	Publishing	have	significantly	
strengthened	the	events	portfolio	with	shows	
including	The	London	Acoustic	Show,	The	
London	Drum	Show	and	the	Mobile	
Industry	Awards.	

Additionally,	our	award	winning	event,	The	
Photography	Show,	generated	over	£2m	of	
revenue	and	attracted	30,000	visitors	this	year.		

We	continue	to	innovate	in	the	Magazine
division	with	a	number	of	launches	during	the	
year,	including	introducing	new	brands	into	the	
kids	category,	while	we	continue	to	focus	on	
strengthening	the	performance	of	our	existing	
magazines	through	targeted	re-launches.

Divisions

In	November	2015	the	Group	was	reorganised 	
into	two	new	divisions,	Media	and	Magazine, 	
to	enable	a	more	efficient	operating	model	to 	
be	employed	in	each	division,	reflecting	their 	
different	market	dynamics.	

The	Media	division,	underpinned	by	leading	
global	brands,	is	focused	on	building	fast-
growing	digital	and	diversified	revenues.	
Future	has	invested	in	the	rapidly	growing 	
revenue	streams	of	e-commerce	and	
events	and	continues	to	innovate	in	digital 	
advertising.

The	Media	division	focuses	on	being	at	the 	
forefront	of	digital	innovation,	in	particular	the 	
high-growth	technology	and	games	markets.	
It	has	a	number	of	leading	brands	including 	
techradar,	PC	Gamer,	GamesRadar+,	The	
Photography	Show,	Generate	and	Golden	
Joysticks.

The	Magazine	division	is	specialist	and	
brand-led.	It	has	over	80	magazines	and 	
bookazines	and	is	the	number	one	digital 	
consumer	magazine	publisher	in	the	UK.	
The	division	is	focused	on	creating	the	best 	
content	in	the	market	in	an	efficient	operation 	
and	continues	to	tightly	manage	the	portfolio. 	
In	addition,	we	have	made	a	number	of 	
acquisitions	this	year	within	existing	and	new 	
verticals,	which	strengthen	our	portfolio	and	
provide	synergistic	benefits.

In	October	2016,	we	established	a	new 	
division,	Media	Services,	in	order	to	bring 	
focus	and	resources	on	higher	margin	
revenues.	The	Media	Services	division	is	
centred	around	offering	our	content	expertise	
to	third	party	customers,	encompassing	
our	licensing	and	content	publishing	
businesses	and	focusing	on	growing	our	
licensing	revenues	for	both	digital	and	print 	
brands.	In	addition,	this	division	is	exploring 	
opportunities	in	non-core	markets	to	franchise	
our	events.	We	are	also	reinvigorating	our 	
focus	on	Fusion,	our	contract	publishing	
business,	with	a	clear	aim	of	partnering	with 	
other	businesses	in	their	content	solutions.	

	
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

04

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

We	reach	45.2m	users	
through	our	websites

We	reach	45.4m	
people	through		
social	media

We	sell	739,000	
magazines	and	
bookazines	per	month

Over	38,000	people	
attended	our	events

Acquisitions

Fund raising

The	Group	raised	net	proceeds	of	£3.1m	
in	November	2015	via	an	equity	placing,	
to	accelerate	growth	and	profit	generation,	
particularly	in	the	Media	division.	These	
funds	have	provided	working	capital	for,	and	
enabled	investment	in,	the	Group’s	high	growth	
revenue	streams,	e-commerce	and	events,	in	
addition	to	investment	in	the	restructuring	of	
the	business.

Current trading and outlook

The	Group	has	a	clear	strategy,	which	is	
resulting	in	improved	financial	and	operational	
performance,	particularly	increased	EBITDAE	
margins	and	cash	conversion.

Future	has	substantially	increased	its	portfolio	
and	overall	scale,	both	from	organic	growth	
across	the	business	and	targeted	acquisitions.	
The	continued	focus	on	operational	
improvements	and	the	increased	size	of	the	
business	is	resulting	in	economies	of	scale	
within	the	business	and	enhanced	operational	
profitability.

Recurring	revenue	streams	now	represent	25%	
of	total	revenue,	compared	to	22%	in	the	last	
financial	year.	These	are	a	mix	of	subscription	
revenues	and	highly	predictable	e-commerce	
income.

The	Board	expects	these	trends	to	continue	
into	the	current	financial	year	which,	at	this	
early	stage,	is	performing	in	line	with	our	
expectations.

Zillah Byng-Thorne
Chief	Executive

The	Group	has	strengthened	its	portfolio	over 	
the	year	with	key	bolt-on	acquisitions.	Adding 	
portfolio	enhancing	brands	means	that	we	
can	achieve	economies	of	scale	through	our 	
core	UK	publishing	operations	and	enhance	
operational	profitability.

These	acquisitions	have	allowed	us	to	take 	
advantage	of	a	fragmented	market.	They	
have	provided	the	Group	with	a	number	of 	
complementary	titles	to	our	existing	portfolio	
and	added	the	new	portfolio	of	field	sports	and 	
also	a	step	toward	the	high	value	B2B	market 	
with	the	mobile	category.	

In	April	2016,	Future	acquired	Noble	House 	
Media,	a	multi-platform	publisher	specialising	
in	technology	and	the	mobile	industry.	The 	
acquisition	added	expertise	in	the	mobile	
industry	and	further	strengthened	Future’s	
technology	portfolio,	including	adding	leading	
magazine	brands	Mobile	Choice,	Wireless	
and	Mobile	and	the	prestigious	Mobile	Choice 	
Awards	and	Mobile	Industry	Awards.	

In	May	2016,	Future	acquired	assets	from 	
Blaze	Publishing,	a	magazine	publisher	and	
event	organiser,	in	the	music	and	field	sports 	
sectors.	This	acquisition	strengthens	Future’s	
position	as	the	market	leader	in	music 	
publishing	in	the	UK,	in	line	with	our	strategy 	
to	take	leadership	positions.

In	August	2016,	we	acquired	Next	Commerce, 	
a	digital	shopping	comparison	business	with	
operations	in	Australia	and	across	South	East 	
Asia.	Next	Commerce	operates	
Getprice.com.au	and	Pricepanda.com	and	
has	websites	in	six	countries	listing	over	19.5 	
million	products.	In	line	with	our	strategy	this 	
strengthens	our	presence	in	e-commerce	
through	their	market-leading	technology	
and	practices	for	retailers,	publishers	and	
consumers	in	the	region,	while	at	the	same 	
time	providing	a	far	greater	taxonomy	that	can 	
be	migrated	into	the	Future	Hawk	software.

In	June	2016,	Future	agreed	terms	to 	
acquire	Imagine	Publishing.	The	transaction	
completed	in	October	2016.	Imagine	has	
a	portfolio	of	18	periodical	magazines	and 	
publishes	over	300	bookazines	across	the	
knowledge,	history,	science,	games,	tech	
and	creative	verticals.	It	also	has	a	strong 	
licensing,	web	and	digital	edition	business.	

The	Imagine	acquisition	brings	significant	cost	
synergy	opportunities	and	cash	generation,	
which	can	be	deployed	into	the	core	growth 	
areas	of	the	business.	The	integration	of 	
Imagine	into	the	Group	is	proceeding	to	plan 	
and,	while	only	one	month	in,	we	are	confident 	
of	delivering	the	estimated	annualised	cost	
synergies	of	£3.0m.

Key	details	of	the	acquisitions	we	have	made	in	2016	are	included	below:

Acquisition

Revenue*

Deferred Consideration

Next	Commerce

Noble	House	Media

Assets	of	Blaze	Publishing

£3.3m

£0.9m

£3.1m

Imagine	Publishing

£16.4m

Deferred	consideration	of	up	to	£550k	payable	
in	Future	plc	shares	at	end	of	January	2017	if	
revenue	targets	exceeded	

None
Up	to	£320k	payable	against	achievement	of	gross	
contribution	targets
None

*Revenue	figures	obtained	from	most	recent	annual	financial	information	or	in	the	case	of	Blaze,	financial	information	relating	to	the	
acquired	assets

 
 
 
 
 
05

Future plc

Strategic 
overview

A global platform 
for specialist media

Future’s	purpose	is	simple;	changing	people’s	lives	through	
sharing	our	knowledge	and	expertise	with	others	to	make	it	
easier	and	more	fun	for	them	to	do	what	they	want.	

Our	content	is	powered	by	our	communities	
and	we	base	everything	we	do	around	
clusters	of	like-minded	enthusiasts	who	are	
passionate	about	their	interests.	From	video	
games	to	technology	we	provide	content	and	
experiences	that	inform,	entertain	and	unite	
these	communities.	

We	understand	what	is	important	and	valuable	
to	our	passionate	audiences	and	as	a	result	
we	are	positioned	to	develop	new	profitable	
revenue	models	to	fulfil	their	needs.	We	do	this	
by	innovating	with	scalable	technology,	unique	
and	relevant	content	and	a	low	cost	operating	
model.	

Our	strategy	centres	on	leveraging	the	
connection	we	have	with	our	audience	to	
monetise	the	consumer’s	need.

Media

Future	is	a	platform	business	with	a	data-
led	content	strategy.	The	content	creates	a	
connection	with	the	audience,	providing	value	
for	our	clients,	from	our	affiliate	partners	to	our	
advertisers	and	also	for	our	own	business.	

Our	strategy	means	that	we	understand	the	
customer	path	to	purchase,	making	our	platform	
the	place	where	content,	code	and	commerce	
connect.	

Through	our	data	insights	we	understand	what	
our	audience	want	and	where	they	want	it	which	
enables	us	to	produce	content	specialised	and	
tailored	to	them	through	buying	guides,	reviews	
and	how-to’s.		

We	have	strong	digital	advertising	and	content	
solutions	revenues	created	through	the	
meaningful	relationships	we	have	with	our	
strategic	partners.

The	Media	division’s	strategy	is	based	around	
its	global	and	market-leading	brands	and	
the	consumer	need	that	each	fulfils,	as	well	
as	a	data-led	content	strategy.	The	division	
is	focused	on	building	fast-growing	digital	
and	diversified	revenues,	most	notably	in	
e-commerce	and	events.	

Discover
Our	editorial	expertise	and	SEO	leadership	
help	surface	content	that	informs	the	purchase	
decisions	of	influential	consumers.	Our	
proficiency	in	aiding	consumer	discoverability	is	
a	key	feature	of	our	business.	Techradar	is	an	
excellent	example	of	this;	where	we	believe	85%	
of	the	audience	arrive	on	the	site	as	part	of	the	
research	phase	for	technology	goods	and	26%	
go	on	to	buy.

We	are	experts	in	SEO;	techradar	ranked	
number	one	on	Google	search	for	iPhone	7	
when	it	launched,	representing	techradar	as	a	
world-renowned	brand	and	resulting	in	the	site	
having	its	fourth	biggest	day	of	all	time	with	1.7	
million	sessions.	Millions	of	people	rely	on	us	for	
leading	content	trends;	Pokémon	Go	launched	
in	July	2016	and	by	the	end	of	the	month	our	
Pokémon	Go	content	had	been	viewed	6.2	
million	times.

Our	online	audience	has	never	been	stronger.	
At	the	end	of	2015	a	number	of	our	sites	broke	
their	own	records,	when	PCGamer.com	reached	
10	million	users,	up	37%	year-on-year,	and	
techradar	reached	22	million	users,	up	14%	
year-on-year.	In	December	2015,	GamesRadar+	
reached	11	million	users	and	103	million	page	
views,	the	largest	ever	with	users	up	29%	year-
on-year.

We	are	market	leaders,	holding	the	number	one	
market	positions	in	the	UK	in	online	consumer	
technology,	online	creative	&	design	and	the	
global	number	one	position	in	PC	gaming.

Engage
We	are	experts	at	engaging	with	our	audience	
by	connecting	through	credible	content	and	
meaningful	experiences	and	we	empower	our	
audience	to	share	and	engage	with	us	and	our	
community.	

Future	has	significant	reach	on	social	media	
with	our	gaming	brands	having	12.3	million	
Facebook	fans	–	far	larger	than	our	two	biggest	
competitors,	making	us	a	market-leading	
gaming	social	media	community.	

Our	coverage	of	Fallout	4	in	November	2015	
was	GamesRadar+’s	biggest	social	media	
success,	creating	one	million	referrals	–	more	
than	double	a	normal	weekday.	Additionally	
our	YouTube	video	views	for	Fallout	4	reached	
120,000	in	a	single	day.

We	are	committed	to	fulfilling	consumer	need	
by	delivering	the	right	experience.	We	have	
developed	our	events	business	using	the	
connection	we	create	with	our	audience	through	
content	to	attract	them	to	attend	our	events.	
Award-winning	The	Photography	Show	took	
place	again	in	March	2016,	increasing	its	net	
contribution	17%	year-on-year.	The	Golden	
Joysticks	in	October	2015	was	the	most	
successful	yet	resulting	in	9	million	votes,	13.5	
million	page	views	and	770,000	users.

Purchase
We	are	the	new	storefront	directly	driving	the	
purchase	of	technology	products,	gaming	
hardware	and	software	through	our	“Hawk”	
engine,	our	unique	proprietary	price	comparison	
database.	Hawk	has	now	achieved	significant	
scale	generating	over	£107	million	of	gross	
revenue	for	our	customers	in	the	last	12	
months,	up	199%	year-on-year.	We	exist	to	help	
our	readers	make	the	most	informed	buying	
decision,	serve	them	the	best	deals	on	the	
products	they	desire	and	offer	guidance	on	
how	to	best	take	advantage	of	their	gear	once	
it	arrives.	

Hawk	was	developed	in-house	to	be	scalable	
across	multiple	brands	and	robust	at	a	high	
volume	of	transactions.	Future	serves	up	the	
product	and	pricing	information	based	on	an	
algorithm	that	determines	the	best	matching	
product	from	its	database.	Using	the	Group’s	
tested	and	proven	methodology	it	has	improved	
volumes	and	conversion	to	create	a	material	
new	revenue	stream.	

Future	is	well	placed	to	benefit	from	Black	
Friday	and	Cyber	Monday	by	targeting	deals	in	
the	technology	sector.	In	November	2015	we	
ranked	number	one	on	Google	for	Black	Friday	
search	terms,	throughout	the	build-up	and	
into	the	days	themselves.	In	November	2015	
45%	of	traffic	went	from	techradar	straight	to	a	
shopping	and	classified	website,	compared	to	

 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

06

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

The Future Values

We	have	developed	a	single	proprietary	
platform	to	manage	our	websites	and	have	
migrated	all	core	brands	onto	this	platform,	
allowing	scalable	development	of	template	
changes	and	new	ad	formats.	We	have	
also	rolled	out	a	proprietary	built	content	
management	system	across	the	division,	which	
is	fast	and	efficient	and	is	designed	to	support	
multi-media	editorial	content	and	supports	24	
hour	global	editorial	coverage.	The	combination	
of	these	two	developments	means	that	the	
significant	amount	of	content	published	is	swiftly	
and	efficiently	managed,	while	the	operation	
as	a	whole	can	be	easily	scaled	without	any	
additional	operating	costs.

Additionally,	we	have	upgraded	our	internal	
systems	in	finance	and	advertising	sales.

Media Services

Our	new	division,	Media	Services,	which	we	
established	in	October	2016,	strengthens	our	
focus	on	content	publishing,	licensing	and	other	
new	opportunities	to	franchise	our	digital	brands	
and	events	in	non-core	markets.

We	leverage	our	expertise	in	creating	premium	
and	authoritative	content	to	work	with	leading	
brands	to	elevate	their	conversation	with	
consumers.	We	already	have	an	established	
licensing	revenue	stream,	licensing	our	
magazine	content	to	31	countries,	with	68%	
of	revenue	on	annual	contracts,	as	well	as	
publishing	techradar	India	via	a	franchise	
contract.	

26%	in	March	2016.	Hawk	provides	real-time	
pricing	information	on	over	222	million	product	
offerings	covering	the	majority	of	consumer	
products	in	North	America	and	Western	Europe.

Magazine

We	are	one	of	the	most	significant	specialist	
magazine	and	bookazine	publishers	in	the	UK	
with	a	portfolio	covering	nine	different	sectors	
and	titles	available	in	print	and	digital	formats.	
Future	is	a	market	leader	for	bookazines	in	
the	UK,	a	position	further	strengthened	by	our	
acquisition	of	Imagine	Publishing.	Additionally,	
we	are	the	largest	publisher	of	digital	magazines	
in	the	UK.

The	Magazine	division’s	strategy	is	to	
increase	the	Group’s	efficiency	by	launching	
new	propositions	whilst	tightly	managing	the	
cost	base.	It	is	also	taking	advantage	of	a	
fragmented	market	through	acquisitions,	which	
enable	the	business	to	benefit	from	economies	
of	scale.	

This	innovation	continues	with	a	number	of	
magazine	launches	and	re-launches,	including	
launching	Professional	Photography	in	October	
2015	to	reinforce	Future’s	market-leading	
position	in	photography.	

Re-launches	included	Comic	Heroes	in	October	
2015	and	re-designs	of	MacFormat	in	January	
2016,	Official	Xbox	in	April	2016	and	Total	
Film	in	June	2016.	The	re-launch	of	Total	Film	
magazine	saw	copy	sales	increase	by	36%.

We	continue	to	closely	manage	the	decline	
in	revenue	of	the	magazine	portfolio.	In	line	
with	tightly	managing	the	cost	base	the	Group	
also	completed	a	comprehensive	review	of	its	
procurement	processes.	As	expected,	this	has	
identified	around	£0.6	million	of	savings.

Leaner, simpler

We	pride	ourselves	on	being	brilliant	at	the	
basics	and	keeping	our	business	lean	and	
simple,	from	producing	market-leading	and	
award-winning	brands	to	tightly	managing	
our	cost	base	and	using	simple	but	scalable		
technology.

We are part of the 
audience and their 
community
Our	passion	for	our	products	
makes	us	part	of	the	
community	we	engage	with

We are proud of our 
past and excited about 
our future
We	are	one	team,	one	
company	with	big	ambitions

We all row the boat
We	move	faster	when	
everyone	pulls	in	the	same	
direction

Let’s do this!
Take	the	best	decisions	we	
can	in	the	face	of	uncertainty	
–	then	go	for	it!	

Results matter, success 
feels good
We	restlessly	look	to	improve,	
be	creative	and	unashamedly	
commercial	in	our	ventures

It’s the people in the 
boat that matter
Having	the	right	team	in	the	
boat	is	mission	critical

 
 
07

Future plc

What we do

Our divisions

Future	plc	is	an	international	media	business	organised	into	two	
divisions,	Media	and	Magazine.

Media brands

Our	Media	division	consists	of	a	number	of 	
global	online	brands	and	events	notably	in 	
the	technology,	games,	entertainment	and	
photography	sectors.	

Our	influential	technology	websites	make	
Future	a	leading	authority	on	all	things	tech. 	
We	cover	everything	from	lifestyle	gadgets	
to	auto-tech,	bringing	our	audience	the	latest 	
developments	in	phones,	computing,	tablets,	
wearables	and	more.	

Our	flagship	technology	website,	techradar,	is	
the	number	one	consumer	technology	website	
in	the	UK.	Our	technology	brands	reach	over 	
25	million	users	as	well	as	4	million	across 	
Facebook,	Twitter	and	YouTube.	85%	of	
techradar’s	audience	is	generated	from	traffic	
from	search	engines.	Techradar	generated	
£15	million	worth	of	sales	across	Black	Friday 	
weekend	2015.

Future’s	iconic	gaming	brands	are	a	voice 	
of	authority	for	gamers	worldwide.	We	reach 	
15	million	users	across	our	online	gaming 	
brands	and	35	million	across	our	social 	
media	channels	making	us	a	global	market-
leading	social	community	of	gamers.	Future’s	
renowned	gaming	portfolio	is	the	voice	of 	
authority	for	gamers	worldwide	and	has	
influenced	gaming	culture	for	over	30	years. 	
We	hold	a	unique	position	in	the	global	games 	
media	market,	combining	the	strongest	games	
industry	partnerships	with	an	innovative	
multichannel	approach.	GamesRadar+	blends	
gaming,	TV	and	movie	entertainment,	
PC	Gamer	is	the	number	one	PC	games 	
website	on	the	planet	and	the	Golden 	
Joystick	Awards	is	one	of	the	world’s	biggest 	
consumer-voted	gaming	awards	event.

The	Media	division	is	also	home	to	the	UK’s 	
largest	event	for	enthusiast	and	professional	
photographers;	the	award-winning	and	
phenomenally	successful	The	Photography	
Show.

CreativeBloq	is	the	number	one	creative	& 	
design	content	website	in	the	UK	and	the 	

US,	reaching	over	4	million	web	designers, 	
developers,	graphic	designers	and	3D	
artists	each	month.	We	also	host	the	highly 	
successful	Generate	conferences,	the	global	
event	for	web	designers	and	developers,	
which	take	place	in	New	York,	Sydney, 	
London	and	San	Francisco.

This	year	saw	the	second	PC	Gaming	Show 	
at	E3	in	June.	The	show	was	a	massive 	
success	resulting	in	449,000	views	of	the 	
event	on	Twitch	and	2.1	million	users	viewing 	
E3	content	on	our	websites.	E3	also	had	a 	
positive	impact	with	increased	(news-focused)	
traffic	to	PC	Gamer,	which	brought	with	it	a 	
healthy	increase	in	commission	revenue	(28% 	
on	PC	Gamer).

In	March	we	launched	the	PC	Gamer 	
Weekender	in	London	which	was	successful	
in	terms	of	visitors	and	sponsors.

This	year’s	T3	Awards	were	a	phenomenal 	
success	with	attendee	will.i.am	declaring	
“three	years	from	now	the	T3	Awards	will	be 	
the	Grammys	and	the	Brits	on	steroids”.

Technology and photography brands 
include:
techradar
T3
Gizmodo	UK
Lifehacker	UK
ITProPortal
The	Photography	Show
Mobile	Choice	Consumer	Awards

Games & entertainment brands include:
GamesRadar+
PC	Gamer
Kotaku	UK
Golden	Joysticks
PC	Gaming	Show	at	E3
PC	Gamer	Weekender

Creative & design brands include:
CreativeBloq
Generate	conferences

Music brands include:
MusicRadar
The	London	Acoustic	Show
The	London	Bass	Guitar	Show
The	London	Drum	Show

Magazine

The	Magazine	division	publishes	a	number	of	
special	interest	magazines	and	bookazines	
in	both	print	and	digital	format	in	the	games,	
entertainment,	technology,	photography,	music	
and	field	sports	sectors.	

Our	gaming	print	titles	cover	everyone	from	
dedicated	industry	professionals	to	passionate	
console	gamers,	including	the	official	
PlayStation	magazine	and	global	print	PC	
gaming	brand,	PC	Gamer.	

Our	dynamic,	market-leading	specialist	
technology	magazines	provide	in-depth	insight	
such	as	MacFormat	and	Maximum	PC.	The	
Group’s	acquisition	of	Noble	House	Media	
saw	Future	enter	the	technology	B2B	sector,	
with	top	brands	including	consumer	mobile	
magazine,	Mobile	Choice,	as	well	as	trade	
magazines	Wireless	and	Mobile.

Future’s	film	magazines	connect	with	film	and	
TV	lovers	worldwide.	Our	portfolio	includes	the	
iconic	movie	magazine	Total	Film,	the	equally	
renowned	and	best-selling	science	fiction	title	
SFX,	and	the	genre-specific	brands	Crime	
Scene	and	Comic	Heroes.	Our	combination	
of	authority	and	access	ensures	that	our	
audience	stays	on	top	of	the	latest	movie,	
TV	and	fiction	news.	In	June	2016	Total	Film	
re-launched	with	a	new	tagline	“The	Smarter	
Movie	Magazine”	and	a	larger	size	that	
reflects	the	passionate	modern	film	consumer	
and	gives	greater	depth	of	coverage	to	the	
latest	films.	As	a	result	Total	Film	has	seen	
a	remarkable	spike	in	sales	following	the	re-
launch	with	a	36%	increase	issue-on-issue.

Future	is	the	UK’s	leading	publisher	of	
magazines	about	photography.	Our	magazines	
offer	practical	advice	and	inspiration	to	
photographers	of	all	skill	levels.	

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

Business 
review

08

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

The	market-leading	Digital	Camera	magazine	
covers	D-SLR	and	CSC	hobbyists,	Canon	fans	
turn	to	PhotoPlus,	N-Photo	is	100%	Nikon-
focused,	while	Professional	Photography	
meets	the	needs	of	the	working	professional.	

Field sports brands include:
Airgun	Shooter
Sporting	Rifle
Bow	International

Our	music	portfolio	informs	and	inspires	music-
makers	to	be	even	greater	at	the	thing	they	
love;	we’ve	got	it	covered	on	guitars,	drums	
and	hi-tech.

We	produce	market-leading	creative	and	
design	print	magazines	including	net,	
ImagineFX,	3D	World	and	Computer	Arts.	

Our	acquisition	of	assets	from	Blaze	Publishing	
has	entered	us	into	a	new	vertical,	field	sports.

Through	our	acquisition	of	Imagine	Publishing,	
we	have	gained	magazines	within	the	history,	
knowledge	and	science	sectors.

Media Services

Our	new	Media	Services	division,	which	we	
established	in	October	2016,	encompasses	our	
content	publishing	business	Future	Fusion	and	
our	licensing	business.

Future	Fusion	is	our	in-house	creative	
service	agency.	We	create	content	for	global	
audiences	across	our	media	network	and	
beyond.	Our	clients	are	some	of	the	world’s	
biggest	brands	within	our	sectors	and	we	also	
operate	in	non-core	sectors	such	as	travel	and	
motoring	providing	own-branded	content	for	
our	clients.

We	license	and	syndicate	our	easily	
transferable	content	to	31	overseas	markets	
and	we	continue	to	be	the	number	one	
licensing	partner	in	our	specialist	sectors	for	
media	around	the	world,	with	market-leading	
content	delivery	systems	and	efficient	business	
processes.

Additionally,	the	division	has	dedicated	
resource	to	focus	on	areas	in	our	business	that	
have	good	growth	prospects,	which	include	
opportunities	in	non-core	markets	to	franchise	
our	digital	brands	and	events	as	well	as	driving	
growth	in	licensing	and	Future	Fusion.

Technology and photography brands 
include:
T3
MacFormat
Maximum	PC
Mobile	Choice
Digital	Camera
N-Photo
Photo	Plus

Games & entertainment brands include:
Official	PlayStation
PC	Gamer
SFX
Total	Film

Creative & design brands include:
3D	World
Computer	Arts
net

Music brands include:
Guitarist
Rhythm
Computer	Music
Acoustic	Magazine

Business review

Key Performance Indicators

The	key	performance	indicators	are	presented	on	a	continuing	basis.

Corporate KPIs

EBITDAE	(£m):

EBITE	(£m):

Media Division KPIs

2016

2015

4.7

2.3

3.6

0.8

Number	of	users	visiting	our	websites	(monthly)

45.2m 48.5m

Number	of	event	attendees	(thousands)

Number	of	e-commerce	transactions	(thousands)

Magazine Division KPIs

Number	of	copies	sold	per	month	(thousands)

Subscriber	base	(thousands)

Copies	sold	as	a	percentage	of	copies	printed	 
(including	subscriptions)

38.3

1,128

739

399

32.0

563

818

466

45%

50%

 
09

Future plc

Risks and 
uncertainties

Risks and uncertainties

Like	all	businesses,	our	business	faces	risks	and	uncertainties	
that	could	impact	the	Group’s	achievement	of	its	objectives.	
Risk	is	accepted	as	being	a	part	of	operating	any	business	
and	we	have	therefore	established	a	continuous	process	of	
identifying,	evaluating	and	managing	risk.	

Risk management 

Risks

Description

Mitigation

Operating environment

The	structural	change	in	our	operating	environment	and	the	pace	of	the	transition	from	print	
remain	a	real	risk.	There	is	a	risk	that	print	circulation	volumes	and	print	advertising	revenues	
decline	at	a	faster	rate	than	anticipated	and	digital	revenues	do	not	grow	at	a	rate	to	offset	
the	decline.

Future	continues	to	innovate,	making	available	its	special-interest	content	to	consumers	in	

print,	where	we	have	had	a	number	of	successful	launches.	We	create	best-in-class	content	

to	create	an	emotional	connection	with	our	audiences	of	engaged	enthusiasts,	who	represent	

an	attractive	audience	for	advertisers.	We	have	become	an	integral	part	of	the	purchase	cycle	

which	can	be	monetised	via	affiliates	and	e-commerce.

Debt financing

Intellectual property

Future	had	a	bank	facility	totalling	£5.0m	at	30	September	2016.		Failure	to	comply	with	the	
financial	covenants	of	the	facility	could	result	in	additional	finance	costs	and	the	possible	
withdrawal	of	the	facility.

Future	continually	monitors	its	cash	flows	and	covenants	and	has	operated	within	all	its	

covenants	throughout	the	year.	Following	the	acquisition	of	Imagine,	the	Group	secured	new	

facilities	totalling	£14.0m	which	expire	in	June	2021.

Future	uses,	and	grants	licences	to	its	licensees	allowing	them	to	use,	various	types	of	third-
party	content	including	music,	audiovisual	material,	photos,	images	and	text.	As	a	publisher,	
Future	is	responsible	for	any	intellectual	property	or	other	infringement	relating	to	the	same	and	
as	licensor,	Future	is	responsible	to	its	licensees.

Future	produces	guidance	and	in-house	training	to	educate	its	staff	on	the	importance	of	

obtaining	appropriate	rights	or	licences	and	has	a	dedicated	in-house	rights	management	team.	

Future’s	legal	team	reviews	all	significant	licences	relating	to	third-party	content	and,	where	

appropriate,	seeks	warranties	and	indemnities	relating	to	the	same.	Future	licenses	content	to	

third	parties	based	on	standard	contracts	which	seek	to	limit	Future’s	liability.	

Financial

The	long	lag	time	for	reporting	on	sales	of	exported	printed	copies	continues	to	be	an	area	of	
forecasting	uncertainty.	

On	printed	product,	in	particular	bookazines,	a	more	conservative	initial	view	on	sales	estimates	

continues	with	emerging	trends	becoming	more	apparent.

Forecasting	remains	difficult	in	all	consumer	markets.	As	we	continue	to	diversify	our	revenue	
streams,	new	activities	are	inherently	more	difficult	to	forecast	accurately.	

Future’s	forecasting	in	respect	of	innovative	products	will	become	easier	as	those	products	

develop	a	more	consistent	customer	base	and	stable	business	models.	

Advertising	pipelines	can	be	subject	to	slippage,	with	the	risk	that	resulting	revenue	is	pushed	
into	later	accounting	periods.

The	Group	is	exposed	to	interest	rate	risk	and	foreign	exchange	risk.

The	significant	issues	considered	in	relation	to	the	financial	statements	for	the	year	ended	
30	September	2016	are	set	out	in	the	Audit	Committee	section	of	the	Corporate	Governance	
report	on	page	27.

Careful	monitoring	of	the	pipeline	and	bookings	to	close	the	gap	in	the	event	of	any	shortfall.

The	Directors	consider	Future’s	exposure	to	interest	rate	and	foreign	exchange	risk	to	be	low	

and	therefore	there	are	no	hedges	in	place	(see	note	22	to	the	financial	statements	for	more	

detail).

Review	by	Audit	Committee	with	external	auditor.

IT

The	business	is	increasingly	dependent	on	technology.

In	the	event	of	a	total	network	or	server	failure,	or	data	loss,	there	would	be	a	major	impact	on	the	
production	of	magazines,	operation	of	websites	and	the	operational	effectiveness	of	the	business.

Future’s	network	has	at	least	two	diverse	routes	for	all	key	offices	and	business-critical	data 	

is	held	on	three	highly	resilient	storage	devices	in	different	locations.	In	addition,	all	core 	

switches	are	duplicated	in	different	buildings	so	there	are	no	single	points	of	failure.	Servers 	

are	distributed	across	two	main	data	centre	locations	and	several	controlled	server	rooms 	

in	different	buildings	in	Bath	and	San	Francisco.	Future	can	switch	services	from	one	server 	

to	another	within	a	few	hours.	In	addition,	all	mission-critical	services	have	more	than	one 	

server	so	there	is	no	single	point	of	failure.	Further	investment	in	the	IT	infrastructure	has 	

been	made	in	2016	and	more	is	already	underway	in	2017.

Staff

Personal data 
and cyber fraud

The	Group’s	strong	reputation	as	a	leading	content	provider	makes	its	staff	potentially	attractive	
to	competitors.	There	is	a	risk	that	key	staff	will	move	elsewhere	if	offered	significant	increases	
in	remuneration	with	which	Future	is	unable	to	compete.	

Future	employs	people	who	are	passionate	about	their	subject.	Future	offers	a	number	of	staff	

benefits	and	incentive	programmes	to	attract	and	retain	key	staff,	and	steps	are	taken	to	ensure	

that	the	Group	is	not	excessively	reliant	upon	any	one	employee.

A	loss	of	personal	data	or	a	cyber	attack	would	trigger	the	need	to	notify	users	and	the	
Information	Commissioner’s	Office	(ICO)	and	Future	may	suffer	reputational	risk,	as	well	as	a	
significant	financial	penalty,	if	it	is	responsible	for	the	breach.

Future	seeks	to	ensure	all	of	its	systems	comply	with	best	practice	as	regards	to	security	

and	has	in	place	a	plan	to	mitigate	the	effects	of	any	hack.	The	Group	is	continually	investing	

and	upgrading	its	IT	systems	and	processes	to	ensure	that	they	are	sufficiently	robust	and	

appropriate	for	the	digital	age.

No	attacks	were	suffered	in	2016.

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

10

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Risk management 

Operating environment

Debt financing

Intellectual property

Risks

Description

Mitigation

The	structural	change	in	our	operating	environment	and	the	pace	of	the	transition	from	print	

remain	a	real	risk.	There	is	a	risk	that	print	circulation	volumes	and	print	advertising	revenues	

decline	at	a	faster	rate	than	anticipated	and	digital	revenues	do	not	grow	at	a	rate	to	offset	

the	decline.

Future	continues	to	innovate,	making	available	its	special-interest	content	to	consumers	in	
print,	where	we	have	had	a	number	of	successful	launches.	We	create	best-in-class	content	
to	create	an	emotional	connection	with	our	audiences	of	engaged	enthusiasts,	who	represent	
an	attractive	audience	for	advertisers.	We	have	become	an	integral	part	of	the	purchase	cycle	
which	can	be	monetised	via	affiliates	and	e-commerce.

Future	had	a	bank	facility	totalling	£5.0m	at	30	September	2016.		Failure	to	comply	with	the	

financial	covenants	of	the	facility	could	result	in	additional	finance	costs	and	the	possible	

withdrawal	of	the	facility.

Future	continually	monitors	its	cash	flows	and	covenants	and	has	operated	within	all	its	
covenants	throughout	the	year.	Following	the	acquisition	of	Imagine,	the	Group	secured	new	
facilities	totalling	£14.0m	which	expire	in	June	2021.

Future	uses,	and	grants	licences	to	its	licensees	allowing	them	to	use,	various	types	of	third-

party	content	including	music,	audiovisual	material,	photos,	images	and	text.	As	a	publisher,	

Future	is	responsible	for	any	intellectual	property	or	other	infringement	relating	to	the	same	and	

as	licensor,	Future	is	responsible	to	its	licensees.

Future	produces	guidance	and	in-house	training	to	educate	its	staff	on	the	importance	of	
obtaining	appropriate	rights	or	licences	and	has	a	dedicated	in-house	rights	management	team.	
Future’s	legal	team	reviews	all	significant	licences	relating	to	third-party	content	and,	where	
appropriate,	seeks	warranties	and	indemnities	relating	to	the	same.	Future	licenses	content	to	
third	parties	based	on	standard	contracts	which	seek	to	limit	Future’s	liability.	

There are a number of general 
business risks to which Future is 
naturally exposed in the UK and US. In 
addition, the range of industry-specific 
risks faced by Future continues to 
increase, due to the increasingly 
digital focus of the media landscape 
and the increasing number of evolving 
business models. 

Our	internal	controls	seek	to	minimise	the 	
impact	of	risks,	as	explained	in	our	Corporate 	
Governance	report	on	page	25,	and	during 	
the	year	we	have	continued	to	develop	those 	
controls	in	response	to	the	wider	range	of 	
risks.

Financial

The	long	lag	time	for	reporting	on	sales	of	exported	printed	copies	continues	to	be	an	area	of	

forecasting	uncertainty.	

On	printed	product,	in	particular	bookazines,	a	more	conservative	initial	view	on	sales	estimates	
continues	with	emerging	trends	becoming	more	apparent.

1. ID E N

0

Forecasting	remains	difficult	in	all	consumer	markets.	As	we	continue	to	diversify	our	revenue	

streams,	new	activities	are	inherently	more	difficult	to	forecast	accurately.	

Future’s	forecasting	in	respect	of	innovative	products	will	become	easier	as	those	products	
develop	a	more	consistent	customer	base	and	stable	business	models.	

Advertising	pipelines	can	be	subject	to	slippage,	with	the	risk	that	resulting	revenue	is	pushed	

Careful	monitoring	of	the	pipeline	and	bookings	to	close	the	gap	in	the	event	of	any	shortfall.

into	later	accounting	periods.

The	Group	is	exposed	to	interest	rate	risk	and	foreign	exchange	risk.

The	significant	issues	considered	in	relation	to	the	financial	statements	for	the	year	ended	

30	September	2016	are	set	out	in	the	Audit	Committee	section	of	the	Corporate	Governance	

report	on	page	27.

IT

The	business	is	increasingly	dependent	on	technology.

In	the	event	of	a	total	network	or	server	failure,	or	data	loss,	there	would	be	a	major	impact	on	the	

production	of	magazines,	operation	of	websites	and	the	operational	effectiveness	of	the	business.

The	Directors	consider	Future’s	exposure	to	interest	rate	and	foreign	exchange	risk	to	be	low	
and	therefore	there	are	no	hedges	in	place	(see	note	22	to	the	financial	statements	for	more	
detail).

Review	by	Audit	Committee	with	external	auditor.

Future’s	network	has	at	least	two	diverse	routes	for	all	key	offices	and	business-critical	data 	
is	held	on	three	highly	resilient	storage	devices	in	different	locations.	In	addition,	all	core 	
switches	are	duplicated	in	different	buildings	so	there	are	no	single	points	of	failure.	Servers 	
are	distributed	across	two	main	data	centre	locations	and	several	controlled	server	rooms 	
in	different	buildings	in	Bath	and	San	Francisco.	Future	can	switch	services	from	one	server 	
to	another	within	a	few	hours.	In	addition,	all	mission-critical	services	have	more	than	one 	
server	so	there	is	no	single	point	of	failure.	Further	investment	in	the	IT	infrastructure	has 	
been	made	in	2016	and	more	is	already	underway	in	2017.

Staff

Personal data 

and cyber fraud

The	Group’s	strong	reputation	as	a	leading	content	provider	makes	its	staff	potentially	attractive	

to	competitors.	There	is	a	risk	that	key	staff	will	move	elsewhere	if	offered	significant	increases	

in	remuneration	with	which	Future	is	unable	to	compete.	

Future	employs	people	who	are	passionate	about	their	subject.	Future	offers	a	number	of	staff	
benefits	and	incentive	programmes	to	attract	and	retain	key	staff,	and	steps	are	taken	to	ensure	
that	the	Group	is	not	excessively	reliant	upon	any	one	employee.

A	loss	of	personal	data	or	a	cyber	attack	would	trigger	the	need	to	notify	users	and	the	

Information	Commissioner’s	Office	(ICO)	and	Future	may	suffer	reputational	risk,	as	well	as	a	

significant	financial	penalty,	if	it	is	responsible	for	the	breach.

Future	seeks	to	ensure	all	of	its	systems	comply	with	best	practice	as	regards	to	security	
and	has	in	place	a	plan	to	mitigate	the	effects	of	any	hack.	The	Group	is	continually	investing	
and	upgrading	its	IT	systems	and	processes	to	ensure	that	they	are	sufficiently	robust	and	
appropriate	for	the	digital	age.

No	attacks	were	suffered	in	2016.

T I F y

02. E

V

Future’s 
assessment 
of risks

A

L

U

A

T

E

T

R

O

P

E

04. R

03. A

C

T

01		 Identification	of	risks

02		 	Evaluation	of	level	of	risks	
and	controls	in	place	to	
manage	those	risks

03		 Action	taken	to	manage	risks

04		 Risks	reported	and	monitored

 
11

Future plc

Corporate 
responsibility

Responsible business

Corporate	responsibility	is	integral	to	the	way	Future	conducts	
its	business.	We	focus	our	efforts	around	three	key	areas	
where	we	think	we	can	make	a	difference.

1. The environment

A	responsible	approach	to	the	environment	is	
essential	to	ensure	the	future	sustainability	of	
our	business.	

Sourcing paper
Paper	is	the	largest	raw	material	we	use	as	
a	Group.	We	work	hard	to	make	sure	that	
whatever	we	consume,	we	do	in	a	way	that	
is	ethically	responsible	and	environmentally	
sustainable.	In	2016,	100%	of	our	paper	across	
the	Group	was	sourced	from	either	recycled	
fibre	or	sustainable	forests	where	at	least	one	
tree	is	planted	for	every	tree	felled.	In	the	UK,	
Future	holds	the	FSC	(Forestry	Stewardship	
Council)	Chain	of	Custody	certification.	This	
recognises	Future’s	commitment	to	sourcing	
paper	supplies	from	sustainable	forests.	

In	2016,	over	90%	of	the	paper	we	used	in	the	
UK	was	FSC	certified.	We	actively	encourage	
our	suppliers	to	work	towards	FSC	certification	
or	one	of	the	other	internationally	recognised	
and	independently	audited	certification	
schemes	for	environmental	care	in	forest	
management	and	conservation.

Future	in	the	UK	holds	
FSC	Chain	of	Custody	
certification.	This	
recognises	Future’s	
commitment	to	sourcing	
paper	supplies	from	well	
managed	forestry.

We	work	in	partnership	
with	Bath-based	charitable	
foundation,	Quartet.

We	are	members	of	the	
Professional	Publishers	
Association	(PPA)	and	
support	its	initiative	
encouraging	readers	to	
recycle	their	magazines	
after	use.	We	incorporate	
the	recycle	logo	in	all	our	
UK	magazines.

Recycling and waste
The	Group	is	strongly	incentivised	to	minimise	
the	number	of	unsold	magazines	and	we	
employ	sophisticated	techniques	to	help	
achieve	this.	In	the	UK,	Future’s	unsold	
magazines	are	recycled.	We	also	support	
the	PPA’s	initiative	encouraging	readers	to	
recycle	their	magazines	after	use	and	we	
incorporate	the	WRAP	recycle	logo	in	all	our	
magazines.	We	comply	with	our	obligations	
under	the	Producer	Responsibility	Obligations	
(Packaging	Waste)	Regulations.	The	disposal	
of	waste	materials	is	also	included	in	our	print	
supplier	audit.

Supplier audits
We	undertake	environmental	and	ethical	
audits	on	our	main	suppliers	which	include	
aspects	such	as	the	processing	and	disposal	of	
effluents,	emissions	and	waste	materials,	and	
the	use	of	labour.

2. Our people

Future’s	employees	are	our	most	important	
assets;	they	are	the	driving	force	behind	our	
success	as	a	business.

Health and safety
The	health	and	safety	of	all	employees	is	a	
key	priority	for	the	Group.	Future	is	largely	
an	office-based	environment.	All	companies	
across	the	Group	comply	with	relevant	
legislation	and	we	communicate	our	health	
and	safety	policy	to	all	employees.	In	the	UK,	
during	the	year	to	30	September	2016,	there	
were	no	fatalities,	no	reportable	(RIDDOR)	
injuries,	and	no	minor	injuries.	There	were	
no	fatalities	or	injuries	in	the	US	or	Australia	
during	this	year.	

Policy on disability
The	Group	aims	to	ensure	that	when	
considering	recruitment,	training,	career	
development,	promotion	or	any	other	aspect	
of	employment,	no	employee	or	job	applicant	
is	discriminated	against,	either	directly	or	
indirectly,	on	the	grounds	of	disability.	

If	an	employee	became	disabled	while	in	
employment	and	as	a	result	was	unable	to	
perform	their	duties,	we	would	make	every	
effort	to	offer	suitable	alternative	employment	
and	assistance	with	retraining.

Internal communication
Future	has	policies	on	employee	
communication,	acceptable	use	of	IT,	health	
and	safety	and	whistle-blowing,	and	we	have	
a	commitment	to	diversity	and	opportunity.	

We	hold	regular	town	hall	sessions	for	all	
employees,	and	extended	leadership	team	
meetings	where	we	discuss	key	strategic	
initiatives	and	the	performance	of	the	business.	
In	the	UK	we	held	an	all	company	conference	
in	October	2016.	These	initiatives	ensure	
that	communication	is	constantly	improving	
across	the	business,	reinforce	the	building	
of	a	positive	working	environment	where	we	
celebrate	successes	and	also	help	to	ensure	
there	is	alignment	across	the	business.	Our	
environment	is	one	where	we	encourage	
employees	to	freely	give	their	views	and	
contribute	to	initiatives,	as	this	continuously	
develops	and	improves	our	offering	for	the	
benefit	of	our	consumers	and	clients.

3. The community

Giving something back 
In	the	UK	the	Group	has	worked	in	partnership	
with	Bath-based	charitable	foundation	Quartet,	
who	make	donations	to	local	charities	on	our	
behalf.

Future in the wider community
Future	people	have	been	actively	involved	
in	the	year	with	a	number	of	national	
organisations	including	the	Professional	
Publishers	Association,	European	Magazine	
Media	Association,	Association	of	Online	
Publishers,	NABS,	European	&	Leisure	
Software	Publishers	Association,	the	IPA,	
the	Marketing	Society	and	the	International	
Federation	of	the	Periodical	Press.	

Employment data across the Group

Split	of	female:male	employees	as	at	30	September	2016

Split	of	female:male	Directors	of	the	Company	as	at	30	September	2016

Split	of	female:male	members	of	the	Executive	Committee	as	at	30	September	2016

Earnings	meet	at	least	legal	minimum	or	minimum	set	by	industry

Cases	of	reported	and	proven	discrimination	or	harassment

Consultation	and	communication	procedures	in	place	for	all	areas	of	the	business

Code	of	conduct	circulated	to	all	existing	and	new	employees

Employment	of	young	people	under	the	age	of	15

2016

32%:68%

3:2

1:5

yes

None

yes

yes

None

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

Statement of Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions for the Group 

Global GHG emissions in tonnes of CO2 equivalent:

Emissions from

2013 (base year)

The	combustion	of	fuel:	gas	for	heating	and	fuel;	 
for	vehicles	(Scope	1)	

The	purchase	of	electricity:	heat,	steam	or	cooling	 
by	the	Group	for	its	own	use	(Scope	2)

Total Emissions (CO2e Tonnes)

Total Revenue

Intensity Ratio (CO2e Tonnes per £1m)

UK

US

Total

UK

US

Total

Total

470

102

572

1,310

376

1,686

2,258

£112.3m

20.1

12

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

2016

Total

131

-

131

493

8

501

632

£59.0m

10.7

We	have	reported	on	all	of	the	emission	sources	required	under	the	Companies	Act	2006	(Strategic	Report	and	Directors’	Reports)	Regulations	2013.

The	emissions	sources	fall	within	our	financial	statements.	We	do	not	have	responsibility	for	any	emission	sources	that	are	not	included	in	our	financial	
statements.		

Methodology:
We	have	used	the	UK	Government’s	Environmental	Reporting	Guidance.	We	have	applied	the	2016	DEFRA	GHG	Conversion	Factor	Repository	to	
calculate	the	CO2e.	As	a	Group	with	only	office-based	activities	and	no	manufacturing	activities,	under	the	GHG	Protocol	Corporate	Standard,	our	
emissions	fall	under	Scope	1	(the	combustion	of	fuel)	and	Scope	2	(the	purchase	of	electricity).

Notes:	

•	 Scope	1	–	Time	periods	for	combustion	of	gas	for	heating	–	figures	for	all	offices	are	for	the	financial	year.	All	figures	are	estimates	based	on	%	
share	of	office	space	within	leased	buildings	except	for	UK	Bath	offices	which	are	actual	consumption	where	whole	buildings	or	floors	within	
buildings	have	their	own	meters.		

•	 Scope	1	–	Time	periods	for	combustion	of	fuel	in	vehicles	–	only	the	UK	operates	leased	vehicles	and	figures	for	the	consumption	of	fuel	are	based	

on	averaged	annual	mileage.

•	 Scope	2	–	Time	periods	for	consumption	of	electricity	–	figures	for	the	UK	and	US	offices	are	for	the	financial	year.	Figures	for	the	Australian	office	
are	pro-rated	from	typical	(August	2016)	monthly	consumption.	All	figures	are	estimates	based	on	%	share	of	office	space	within	leased	buildings	
except	for	the	US	office	in	2016	and	UK	Bath	offices	which	are	actual	consumption	where	whole	buildings	or	floors	within	buildings	have	their	
own	meters.				

•	 Scope	2	–	Electricity	Sources	–	No	electricity	was	purchased	from	owned	or	controlled	sources.				

•	 Fugitive	Emissions	–	the	Group	benefits	from	air	conditioning	in	some	of	its	leasehold	buildings.	The	scale	of	emissions	from	leaks	is	very	small	

(estimated	to	be	less	than	0.5%	of	total	emissions)	and	is	deemed	to	be	immaterial	to	overall	reporting	and	trends.	

•		 Base	Year	-	Financial	year	2013	is	our	baseline	year.

•	

Intensity	Ratio	-	we	are	using	‘Tonnes	per	£1	million	revenue’.

•	 We	have	maintained	our	focus	on	other	environmental	impacts,	particularly	initiatives	to	reduce	waste	and	to	continue	sourcing	all	our	magazine	

paper	from	sustainable	forestry.	

 
13

Future plc

Financial 
review

Optimisation

The	financial	results	demonstrate	that	the	Group	is	progressing	
well	with	the	Optimisation	phase	of	its	strategy,	with	exciting	
times	ahead	following	the	acquisition	of	Imagine.

“   Operating profit 

pre-exceptional 
items has grown 
188% year-on-year 
to £2.3m, reflecting 
improvements 
in operational 

efficiency.”

  Penny Ladkin-Brand

	Chief	Financial	Officer	 
and	Company	Secretary

Financial summary

The	financial	review	is	based	primarily	on	a	comparison	of	continuing	results	for	the	year	ended	
30	September	2016	with	those	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2015.	Unless	otherwise	stated,	
change	percentages	relate	to	a	comparison	of	these	two	periods.

Continuing	operations

Revenue

EBITDAE

Depreciation	charge

Amortisation	of	intangible	assets

Operating	profit	pre-exceptional	items

Exceptional	items

Impairment

Operating	loss

Net	finance	costs

Loss	before	tax

Loss	per	share	(p)

Adjusted	earnings	per	share	(p)

Revenue

2016
£m

59.0

4.7

(0.4)

(2.0)

2.3

(3.5)

(13.0)

(14.2)

(0.7)

(14.9)

(4.0)

0.4

2015
£m

59.8

3.6

(0.5)

(2.3)

0.8

(2.5)

-

(1.7)

(0.6)

(2.3)

(0.6)

0.0

Group	revenue	was	£59.0m	(2015:	£59.8m)	reflecting	the	continued	change	in	the	business	with	the	
new	revenue	streams	growing	strongly	whilst	the	print	revenues,	as	expected,	continue	to	decline.	
UK	revenue	was	£44.7m	(2015:	£47.3m)	and	in	the	US	£15.2m	(2015:	£13.4m).		

The	Group’s	focus	is	on	building	recurring	revenue	streams,	which	have	annuity	like	qualities.	These	
encompass	e-commerce	and	subscriptions,	and	now	represent	25%	of	the	Group’s	total	revenue	
(2015:	22%).

Media

Media	revenue	has	increased	by	14%	to	£23.9m	(2015:	£20.9m),	driven	by	the	Group’s	fast	growing	
revenue	streams,	e-commerce	and	events.	

In	the	UK,	Media	revenues	increased	by	8%	to	£14.1m	(2015:	£13.1m),	driven	by	the	new	revenue	
streams	of	e-commerce	and	events.	In	only	its	third	year,	The	Photography	Show	at	Birmingham’s	
NEC	generated	revenue	growth	of	12%	year-on-year.	Digital	advertising	in	the	UK	now	represents	
69%	(2015:	72%)	of	UK	advertising	revenues.

The	US	also	delivered	strong	growth,	up	24%	year-on-year	to	£10.4m	(2015:	£8.4m),	with	revenue	
from	affiliates	being	the	biggest	driver	of	this	growth.	Digital	advertising	in	the	US	now	represents	
88%	(2015:	85%)	of	US	advertising	revenues.

Magazine

Magazine	revenue	declined	in	line	with	expectations	to	£35.1m	(2015:	£38.9m),	reflecting	the	
market’s	overall	structural	decline.	A	focus	on	subscription	revenues,	however,	has	increased	the	mix	
of	recurring	revenues	in	this	division	to	30%	from	29%	in	2015.	The	division	is	constantly	looking	for	
ways	to	innovate	and	launched	five	new	magazines	in	the	year.

	
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

14

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

R
e
v
i
e
w

EBITDAE

The	Group’s	EBITDAE	was	up	31%	to	£4.7m	(2015:	£3.6m),	of	which	£2.8m	(2015:	£3.3m)	was	
UK	and	£1.9m	(2015:	£0.3m)	was	US.	The	swing	in	profit	margins	between	the	UK	and	US	is	in	
large	part	a	reflection	of	the	strategy	to	create	operational	centres	of	excellence	in	lower	cost	
environments,	with	all	of	the	back	office	costs	for	the	Group	now	located	in	the	UK.	During	
the	course	of	the	year,	global	functions	were	introduced	for	most	operational	teams,	allowing	
resources	to	be	located	in	the	most	financially	and	operationally	effective	locations.	This	has	
helped	to	improve	the	overall	Group	profitability	through	greater	operational	gearing	and	allowed	
the	US	operations	to	grow	from	strength	to	strength.	

Future’s	headcount	was	further	reduced	from	521	to	449	employees	and	rationalisation	of	the	
Group’s	overhead	base	continued	with	a	focus	on	process	re-engineering.	All	websites	have	now	
been	migrated	onto	the	Group’s	proprietary	platform	and	a	global	content	management	system	
migration	(CMS);	the	final	CMS	migration	will	be	completed	in	Q1.	This	puts	the	Group	in	a	strong	
position	to	benefit	from	economies	of	scale	as	the	number	of	brands	increases.	All	acquisitions	
made	during	FY16	have	been	fully	integrated	into	the	Group’s	operations	and	systems.	

Exceptional items and impairment

Exceptional	costs	were	£3.5m	(2015:	£2.5m).	Restructuring	costs	of	£1.8m	include	headcount	
reduction	and	transformation	expenses.	A	credit	of	£0.5m	was	recognised	as	dilapidation	costs	for	
legacy	offices	were	lower	than	originally	expected.	

The	balance	of	exceptional	costs	principally	comprise	acquisition	related	costs	in	respect	of	the	
acquisition	of	Miura	(Holdings)	Limited,	the	ultimate	parent	company	of	Imagine	Publishing	Limited,	
which	was	completed	on	21	October	2016.	

A	non-cash	impairment	charge	of	£13.0m	has	been	recognised	against	goodwill	attributable	to	the	
UK	business.	This	reflects	a	shift	in	the	underlying	profitability	and	cash	flows	of	the	Group	and	the	
continued	decline	of	print.	

1

2

Group revenue 2016

1:		Media	41%
2:	Magazine	59%

1

2

Net finance costs

Net	finance	costs	were	£0.7m	(2015:	£0.6m)	with	the	increase	representing	a	small	foreign	
exchange	loss	(profit	in	2015)	reflecting	the	volatility	of	currency	markets.

The	Group	pre-tax	loss	was	£14.9m	(2015:	£2.3m).	

Group revenue 2015

1:		Media	35%
2:	Magazine	65%

Taxation

The	tax	credit	for	the	year	amounted	to	£0.5m	(2015:	£0.3m),	comprising	a	current	tax	charge	of	
£1.3m	(2015:	credit	of	£0.3m)	and	a	deferred	tax	credit	of	£1.8m	(2015:	£nil)	predominantly	related	
to	the	recognition	of	a	portion	of	US	losses.	The	current	tax	charge	arises	in	the	UK	where	the	
standard	rate	of	corporation	tax	is	20%.	

Overall	the	effective	rate	for	the	Group	when	applied	to	the	loss	before	tax	was	3%	(2015:	13%).	
The	Group	continues	to	focus	on	compliance	with	tax	authorities	in	all	territories	in	which	it	
operates.	

 
 
15

Future plc

Financial 
review

(Loss)/earnings per share 

Basic	loss	per	share	(p)

Adjusted	earnings	per	share	(p)

2016

(4.0)

0.4

2015

(0.6)

0.0

Adjusted	earnings	per	share	is	based	on	the	loss	after	taxation	which	is	then	adjusted	to	exclude	
exceptional	items,	impairment	and	related	tax	effects.	The	continuing	adjusted	profit	after	tax	
amounted	to	£1.5m	(2015:	£0.1m)	and	the	weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	was	362m	
(2015:	333m).

Dividend

The	Board	is	not	recommending	a	final	dividend	for	the	year	(2015:	£nil).

Cash flow and net debt

Net	cash	at	30	September	2016	was	£0.5m	(2015:	net	debt	£1.8m),	an	improvement	of	£2.3m	in	the	
year.	

Following	the	acquisition	of	Imagine,	the	Group	refinanced	Imagine’s	existing	debt	and	settled	
outstanding	fees	and	other	deal	related	costs,	totalling	£7.4m.

During	the	year,	there	was	a	cash	inflow	from	operations	before	exceptional	items	of	£6.5m	(2015:	
£2.3m	outflow)	arising	from	an	improvement	in	working	capital	and	trading	performance.	

This	was	offset	by	£3.4m	(2015:	£5.2m)	of	exceptional	restructuring	payments	made	in	the	year,	
£1.9m	(2015:	£2.0m)	of	capital	expenditure,	net	proceeds	from	a	share	placing	of	£3.1m	and	
payments	of	£0.9m	to	fund	acquisitions	(net	of	cash	acquired).	Foreign	exchange	and	other	
movements	accounted	for	the	balance	of	cash	flows.

Credit facility and covenants

The	Group	had	available	facilities	of	up	to	£5.0m	at	30	September	2016.	Following	the 	
acquisition	of	Imagine	the	Group	secured	new	debt	facilities	totalling	£14.0m	expiring	in	June 	
2021.	Further	details	of	these	new	facilities	are	included	within	note	19. 	

Going concern

After	due	consideration,	the	Directors	have	concluded	that	there	is	a	reasonable	expectation	
that	the	Group	has	adequate	resources	to	continue	in	operational	existence	for	the	foreseeable	
future.	For	these	reasons	the	Directors	continue	to	adopt	the	going	concern	basis	in	preparing	the	
consolidated	financial	statements	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2016.

Post balance sheet event

On	21	October	2016	the	Group	announced	the	completion	of	the	acquisition	of	Miura	(Holdings)	
Limited,	the	holding	company	and	ultimate	parent	company	of	Imagine	Publishing	Limited,	for	
equity	consideration	of	£15.3m.

3

1

2

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

16

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

R
e
v
i
e
w

Key performance indicators (KPIs)

Management	uses	a	number	of	KPIs	to	measure	the	Group’s	operational	and	financial	
performance,	the	most	important	of	these	KPIs	are	set	out	on	page	8.

Conclusion

The	Group	has	moved	into	a	period	of	optimisation,	with	the	acquisition	of	Imagine	providing	
additional	scale	and	cash	generation	and	presenting	a	number	of	exciting	opportunities.	The	
Group	is	well	placed	to	achieve	its	ambitions	for	2017	and	beyond.

The	Strategic	Report	(which	comprises	the	Group	overview,	Chairman’s	statement,	Chief	
Executive’s	review,	Strategic	overview,	What	we	do,	Risks	and	uncertainties	and	Corporate	
responsibility	sections)	and	the	Financial	Review	are	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	
signed	on	its	behalf	by:

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	
and	Company	Secretary
13	December	2016

 
17

Future plc

Board of 
Directors

Strong leadership

Peter Allen
Independent	non-executive	Chairman

James Hanbury
Deputy	Chairman

Zillah Byng-Thorne
Chief	Executive

Penny Ladkin-Brand 
Chief	Financial	Officer	and	
Company	Secretary

Manjit Wolstenholme
Senior	independent	 
non-executive

Hugo Drayton
Independent	non-executive

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

18

Peter Allen 
Chairman 
sln

James Hanbury 
Deputy	Chairman	 	
sl

Zillah Byng-Thorne  
Chief	Executive	

Peter	was	named	Chairman	in	August	2011.	He	
was	Chief	Financial	Officer	of	Celltech	Group	
plc	between	1992	and	2004.	In	2003	he	was	
also	appointed	Deputy	Chief	Executive	Officer	
of	Celltech	until	the	company	was	sold	in	2004.	
He	was	Chief	Financial	Officer	of	the	electronics	
company	Abacus	Group	plc	from	2005	until	the	
company	was	sold	to	Avnet	Inc	in	January	2009.	
Peter	is	currently	Chairman	of	Clinigen	plc,	
Advanced	Medical	Solutions	Group	plc,	Oxford	
Nanopore	Technologies	Limited	and	Diurnal	
Limited.

James	was	appointed	Deputy	Chairman	
in	October	2016	as	the	representative	of	
Disruptive	Capital	Investments	Limited.	Prior	to	
his	appointment	he	was	Chairman	of	Imagine	
Publishing,	which	was	acquired	by	Future	
in	October	2016.		James	joined	the	Board	
of	Imagine	in	March	2014	soon	after	leaving	
Incisive	Media,	a	publishing	business	he	
co-founded	in	1994.	He	has	also	previously	
chaired	the	Business	Media	Council	of	the	PPA.	
James	also	acts	as	an	adviser	to	a	number	
of	VC	backed	businesses,	is	a	trustee	for	a	
charitable	trust	and	has	set	up	and	chairs	
WARpaint,	a	fundraising	organisation	for	several	
armed	forces	charities.

Zillah	was	appointed	as	Chief	Executive	on	
1	April	2014.	She	joined	Future	in	November	
2013	as	Chief	Financial	Officer	and	Company	
Secretary.	Prior	to	her	appointment	to	the	
Future	plc	Board,	she	was	CFO	of	Trader	
Media	Group	–	owner	of	Auto	Trader	–	from	
2009	to	2012,	and	interim	CEO	of	Trader	
Media	from	2012	to	2013.	Before	this,	Zillah	
was	Commercial	Director	and	CFO	at	Fitness	
First	Limited	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	of	the	
Thresher	Group.	Zillah	is	currently	a	non-
executive	Director	of	Paddy	Power	Betfair	plc	
and	Gocompare.com	Group	plc.	Zillah	is	a	
qualified	accountant	and	corporate	treasurer.

Penny Ladkin-Brand 
Chief	Financial	Officer	 
and	Company	Secretary

Manjit Wolstenholme 
Senior	independent	non-executive 
sln

Penny	was	appointed	as	Chief	Financial	Officer	
and	Company	Secretary	on	3	August	2015,	
having	joined	the	business	as	interim	Chief	
Financial	Officer	in	June	2015.	Prior	to	this	she	
was	Commercial	Director	at	AutoTrader	Group	
plc.	Penny	is	a	chartered	accountant	with	a	
background	in	digital	media	and	expertise	in	
digital	monetisation	models.

Manjit	joined	Future	as	the	senior	non-
executive	Director	in	February	2011.	She	
is	Chairman	of	Provident	Financial	plc	and	
CALA	Group,	and	a	non-executive	Director	of	
Unite	Group	plc	and	CMC	Markets	plc.	After	
qualifying	as	a	chartered	accountant	in	1988	
with	PricewaterhouseCoopers,	Manjit	spent	
13	years	with	Dresdner	Kleinwort,	latterly	as	
co-head	of	investment	banking	including	more	
than	a	decade	specialising	in	the	media	sector.	
She	was	a	partner	at	Gleacher	Shacklock	from	
2004	to	2006.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Hugo Drayton 
Independent	non-executive 
sl

Hugo	joined	Future	on	1	December	2014.	He	
is	CEO	of	the	advertising	technology	business,	
InSkin	Media.	Prior	to	ISM,	he	spent	two	years	
as	CEO	of	behavioural	targeting	specialist,	
Phorm,	following	two	years	as	European	
Managing	Director	of	Advertising.com.	He	
spent	10	years	at	The	Telegraph	Group,	as	
Group	Managing	Director,	and	previously	as	
Marketing	&	New	Media	Director.	Hugo	is	a	
Trustee	of	the	British	Skin	Foundation,	chaired	
the	British	Internet	Publishers’	Alliance,	and	
is	a	regular	contributor	to	trade	press	and	
publishing	conferences.

s

Member	of	the	
Nomination	
Committee

l

Member	of	the	
Remuneration	
Committee

n

Member	of	the	Audit	
Committee

	
	
 
19

Future plc

Directors’ 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2016

Directors’ report

The	information	presented	in	this	Directors’	report	relates	to	
Future	plc	and	its	subsidiaries.	The	Chairman’s	statement,	
Chief	Executive’s	review,	Financial	review	and	Corporate	
responsibility	statement	are	each	incorporated	by	reference	
into,	and	form	part	of,	this	Directors’	report.

Principal activity

The	principal	activity	of	the	Company	and	
its	subsidiaries	(the	‘Group’)	as	a	whole	is	
the	publishing	of	special-interest	consumer	
magazines,	apps	and	websites,	and	the	
operation	of	events	notably	in	the	areas	of:	
Technology;	Games	and	Entertainment;	
Photography;	Creative	and	Field	Sports.

The	Company	is	incorporated	and	domiciled	in	
the	UK	and	has	subsidiaries	operating	in	the	
UK,	the	US	and	Australia.

Business review 

available	at	the	date	of	preparation	of	this	
Annual	Report	and	the	Company	undertakes	
no	obligation	to	update	those	forward-looking	
statements.

Result of 2016 Annual General Meeting

All	resolutions	put	to	the	Annual	General	
Meeting	held	on	3	February	2016	were	
passed	unanimously	on	a	show	of	hands.	
Shareholders	holding	more	than	80%	of	all	
issued	shares	submitted	proxy	votes	and	of	
these,	more	than	87%	were	cast	in	favour	of	all	
resolutions.	

The	purpose	of	the	Annual	Report	is	to	provide	
information	to	the	shareholders	of	the	Company.

Reported financial results

The	audited	financial	statements	for	the	
year	ended	30	September	2016	are	set	out	
on	pages	43	to	78.	Details	of	the	Group’s	
results	are	set	out	in	the	consolidated	income	
statement	on	page	44	and	in	the	notes	to	the	
financial	statements	on	pages	54	to	78.	

Dividends

The	Board’s	policy	is	that	dividends	should	be	
covered	at	least	twice	by	adjusted	earnings	per	
share.	The	Company’s	Employee	Benefit	Trust	
(EBT)	waives	its	entitlement	to	any	dividends.

Reviews	of	the	Group’s	activities	during	
the	year,	the	position	at	the	year-end	and	
developments	since	then	are	set	out	in	the	
Chairman’s	statement,	Chief	Executive’s	
review,	the	Corporate	Governance	report	and	
the	Financial	review.	The	Financial	review	and	
Strategic	report	explain	financial	performance,	
KPIs,	the	position	at	the	year-end,	any	post	
balance	sheet	events,	any	likely	future	
developments	and	a	description	of	the	principal	
risks	and	uncertainties	facing	the	Group	and	
how	these	are	managed.

The	Annual	Report	contains	certain	forward-
looking	statements	with	respect	to	the	
operations,	performance	and	financial	condition	
of	the	Group.	By	their	nature,	these	statements	
involve	uncertainty	since	future	events	and	
circumstances	can	cause	results	to	differ	
from	those	anticipated.	The	forward-looking	
statements	reflect	knowledge	and	information	

Significant shareholdings

Share capital

The	Company	has	a	single	class	of	share 	
capital	which	is	divided	into	Ordinary	shares 	
of	one	penny	each.	The	rights	and	obligations 	
attaching	to	the	Company’s	Ordinary	shares	
and	provisions	governing	the	appointment	and	
replacement	of,	as	well	as	the	powers	of,	the 	
Directors,	are	set	out	in	the	Company’s 	
Articles	of	Association,	copies	of	which	can 	
be	obtained	from	Companies	House	in	the	UK 	
or	by	writing	to	the	Company	Secretary.	Save 	
for	restrictions	that	may	from	time	to	time	be 	
set	out	in	the	Company’s	Articles	of 	
Association	or	imposed	by	laws	and	
regulations	(including	the	Listing	Rules	of	the 	
Financial	Conduct	Authority),	there	are	no	
restrictions	on	the	voting	rights	attaching	to 	
the	Ordinary	shares	or	on	the	transfer	of	the 	
Ordinary	shares.	The	Articles	of	Association	
may	be	amended	only	by	a	special	resolution 	
of	the	Company’s	shareholders.	

Details	of	all	movements	in	share	capital	are 	
given	in	note	23	on	page	72.	As	at	30 	
September	2016,	the	number	of	shares	in 	
issue	was	368.8	million.	This	represents	an 	
increase	of	10.3%	compared	with	the	number 	
of	shares	in	issue	as	at	30	September	2015.	In 	
November	2015,	33.4	million	shares	were	
issued	by	way	of	a	placing	of	O	rdinary	shares 	
in	the	Company.	The	balance	of	shares	issued 	
during	the	year	were	issued	in	satisfaction	of 	
employee	share	awards	vesting	or	Share	
Incentive	Plan	matching	share	awards	during	
the	year.

At	13	December	2016,	the	Company	had	been	notified	of	the	following	significant	interests	in	its	Ordinary	shares:

Shareholder

Aberforth	Partners	LLP

Disruptive	Capital	Investments	Limited

Schroders	Plc

Henderson

Investec	Asset	Management	Ltd

Herald	Investment

Mr	Damian	Butt

Mr	Steven	Boyd

Mr	Mark	Kendrick

Directors’	holdings	(see	opposite)

Total	of	significant	holdings

Total	number	of	shares	in	issue

Number	of	shares

Percentage	of	
issued	share	capital

96,694,195

93,313,544

85,721,792

75,119,794

28,892,556

20,765,000

19,412,128

18,186,778

16,291,461

454,397,248

3,415,444

457,812,692

548,430,719

17.63%

17.01%

15.63%

13.70%

5.27%

3.79%

3.54%

3.32%

2.97%

82.86%

0.62%

83.48%

100%

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

20

Directors’ shareholdings (audited)

Directors	in	office	at	30	September	2016

Executive

Zillah	Byng-Thorne

Penny	Ladkin-Brand

Non-executive

Peter	Allen

Manjit	Wolstenholme

Hugo	Drayton

Total

Balance	as	at
30	September	2015

Purchases
during	the	year

Balance	as	at
30	September	2016

421,369

-

1,000,000

207,889

-

670,000

150,000

100,000

45,000

-

1,091,369

150,000

1,100,000

252,889

-

1,629,258

965,000

2,594,258

Notes:
1.	 All	holdings	are	beneficial	and	include	the	Directors’	personal	holdings	and	those	of	their	spouses.
2.	 	On	21	October	2016	James	Hanbury	received	470,040	shares	as	consideration	for	his	shareholding	in	Miura	(Holdings)	Limited	and	on	25	November	2016	he	purchased	110,000	shares,	resulting	in	a	

total	holding	of	580,040	shares.

3.		On	2	December	2016,	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	purchased	121,815	shares	and	she	is	also	deemed	to	be	interested	in	the	119,331	shares	purchased	by	her	husband	on	5	December	2016,	resulting	in	a	

total	holding	of	391,146	shares.	

4.	 	Details	of	the	share	options	and	awards	for	executive	Directors	are	set	out	on	page	33.	No	such	options	or	awards	are	granted	to	non-executive	Directors.

Directors

Corporate governance

Annual General Meeting 2016

Biographical	details	of	the	Directors	holding	
office	as	at	13	December	2016	are	set	out	on	
page	18.	

Directors’	shareholdings	in	the	Company’s	
share	capital	are	set	out	above.	No	Director	
has	any	interest	in	any	other	share	capital	of	
the	Company	or	any	other	Group	company,	nor	
does	any	Director	have	a	material	interest	in	
any	contract	of	significance	to	the	Group.

Significant agreements

The	provisions	of	the	European	Directive	on	
Takeover	Bids	(as	implemented	in	the	UK	in	
the	Companies	Act	2006)	require	the	Company	
to	disclose	any	significant	agreements	which	
take	effect,	alter	or	terminate	upon	a	change	of	
control	of	the	Company.	In	common	with	many	
other	companies,	the	Group’s	bank	facility	
(details	of	which	are	set	out	in	note	19	on	page	
67)	is	terminable	upon	change	of	control	of	the	
Company.	In	common	with	market	practice,	
awards	under	certain	of	the	Group’s	long-
term	incentive	plans	(details	of	which	are	set	
out	in	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	on	
page	31	and	note	24	on	page	72)	will	vest	or	
potentially	be	exchangeable	into	awards	over	
a	purchaser’s	share	capital	upon	change	of	
control	of	the	Company.	There	is	also	a	change	
of	control	provision	in	the	service	agreements	
of	the	two	executive	Directors,	exercisable	
within	three	months	of	a	change	of	control	by	
the	Company	or	on	one	month’s	notice	by	the	
executive	to	expire	no	later	than	three	months	
from	the	date	of	the	change	of	control.	

Financial instruments

Information	in	relation	to	the	Group’s	use	of	
financial	instruments	is	set	out	in	note	22	on	
pages	68	to	71.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

The	Board’s	report	on	this	subject	is	set	out	on	
pages	23	to	28.

Political contributions

No	political	contributions	were	made	during	
either	the	current	or	prior	years.

At	the	Company’s	eighteenth	Annual	General	
Meeting,	which	will	be	held	on	Wednesday	1 	
February	2017	at	10:30am	at	Future’s	London 	
office	at	1-10	Praed	Mews,	London,	W2	1QY, 	
a	number	of	resolutions	will	be	proposed.	The 	
resolutions	are	set	out	in	the	Notice	of	Annual 	
General	Meeting	on	pages	79	to	80	and	an 	
explanation	of	all	proposed	resolutions	is	
provided	below.

Conflicts of interest

The	Board	has	a	set	of	procedures	to	ensure 	
that:	(i)	conflicts	of	interest	are	raised	by 	
Directors	(and	any	potential	Directors	prior	
to	appointment);	(ii)	appropriate	guidelines	are	
followed	before	any	conflict	is	authorised	
(including	ensuring	that	only	Directors	who	
have	no	interest	in	the	matter	being 	
considered	will	be	able	to	take	the	relevant 	
decision	and	in	taking	the	decision	the 	
Directors	act	in	a	way	they	consider,	in	good 	
faith,	will	be	most	likely	to	promote	the 	
Company’s	success);	and	(iii)	records	are	kept 	
of	conflicts	of	interest	and	authorisations.	The 	
Directors	are	satisfied	that	the	Board’s	powers 	
of	authorisation	of	conflicts	are	operating	
effectively	and	that	the	procedures	have	been 	
followed.	The	procedures	and	any	
authorisations	will	continue	to	be	reviewed	
annually.

Corporate responsibility

The	Board	considers	that	issues	of	corporate	
responsibility	are	important.	The	Board’s	
report,	including	the	Group’s	policies	on	
employee	involvement	and	disability,	and	a	
statement	on	Greenhouse	Gas	Emissions	for	
the	Group,	is	set	out	on	pages	11	and	12.

Ordinary resolution 1 – Financial 
statements

Shareholders	will	be	asked	to	approve	the	
financial	statements	of	the	Company	for	the	
financial	year	ended	30	September	2016,	
together	with	the	reports	of	the	Directors	and	
auditors.	The	audited	financial	statements	
appear	on	pages	43	to	78.

Ordinary resolution 2 – Directors’ 
remuneration implementation report

Shareholders	will	be	asked	to	approve	the	
Directors’	remuneration	implementation	report	
for	the	financial	year	ended	30	September	
2016,	which	is	set	out	on	pages	30	to	35.

Ordinary resolution 3 – Directors’ 
remuneration policy report

Shareholders	will	be	asked	to	approve	the 	
Directors’	remuneration	policy	for	the	three 	
year	period	commencing	on	1	October	2016, 	
which	is	set	out	on	pages	36	to	39.

 
21

Future plc

Directors’ 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2016

Ordinary resolutions 4 to 9 – Election 
of James Hanbury and annual re-
election of other Directors

Following	James	Hanbury’s	appointment	to	
the	Board	on	21	October	2016,	he	stands	for	
election	to	confirm	his	appointment.

Consistent	with	our	policy	since	2004,	all	
Directors	are	proposed	for	re-election.	
Biographical	details	of	all	Directors	are	set	out	
on	page	18.

Following	a	rigorous	evaluation	and	taking	into	
account	the	need	for	progressive	refreshing	
of	the	Board,	the	Board	confirms	that	the	
performance	of	each	executive	and	non-
executive	Director	of	the	Company	continues	
to	be	effective	and	demonstrates	commitment	
to	the	role.	The	Nomination	Committee	has	
carefully	considered	the	time	commitments	
required	from	and	the	contribution	made	
by	each	Director	and	both	the	Nomination	
Committee	and	the	Board	unanimously	
recommend	that	James	Hanbury	be	elected	
as	a	Director	and	each	Director	standing	for	
re-election	be	re-elected.	

Ordinary resolutions 10 and 11 – 
Auditors

A	resolution	proposing	the	reappointment	of	
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	as	auditors	of	
the	Company	and	authorising	the	Directors	to	
determine	their	remuneration	will	be	proposed	
at	the	Annual	General	Meeting.	An	explanation	
regarding	the	Board’s	proposal	to	reappoint	
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	as	auditors	
can	be	found	on	page	28	in	the	Corporate	
Governance	report.

Ordinary resolution 12 – To authorise 
the Directors to issue and allot new 
Ordinary shares

Under	the	provisions	of	section	551	of	the	
Companies	Act	2006	(the	2006	Act),	the	
Directors	may	allot	and	issue	Ordinary	
shares	only	if	authorised	to	do	so	by	the	
Company’s	Articles	of	Association	or	by	
shareholders	at	a	shareholders’	meeting.	
Consistent	with	guidance	issued	by	the	
Investment	Association	this	resolution	will,	if	
passed,	authorise	the	Directors	to	allot	shares	
up	to	a	maximum	nominal	value	of	£3,656,200	
as	follows:

(a)	in	relation	to	a	pre-emptive	rights	issue	
only,	equity	securities	(as	defined	by	section	
560	of	the	2006	Act)	up	to	a	maximum	nominal	
amount	of	£3,656,200	which	represents	
approximately	two	thirds	of	the	Company’s	
issued	Ordinary	shares	(excluding	treasury	
shares)	as	at	13	December	2016.	This	
maximum	is	reduced	by	the	nominal	amount	
of	any	Relevant	Securities	allotted	under	
paragraph	12.2	of	the	Notice	of	AGM;	and

(b)	in	any	other	case,	Relevant	Securities	up	
to	a	maximum	nominal	amount	of	£1,828,100	
which	represents	just	under	one	third	of	the	
Company’s	issued	Ordinary	shares	as	at	13	
December	2016.	This	maximum	is	reduced	by	
the	nominal	amount	of	any	equity	securities	
allotted	under	paragraph	12.1	of	the	Notice	
of	AGM	in	excess	of	£1,828,100.	If	granted,	
this	authority	would	replace	all	previous	
authorities	granted	in	this	connection.	The	
authority	granted	by	this	resolution	will	expire	
on	31	March	2018	or,	if	earlier,	following	the	
conclusion	of	the	next	AGM	of	the	Company.	
If	the	Directors	exercise	the	authority	granted	
under	paragraph	12.1	of	the	Notice	of	AGM,	
they	will	all	stand	for	re-election	at	the	following	
AGM.

The	Directors	do	not	have	any	present	
intention	of	exercising	this	authority	other	than	
in	connection	with	any	exercises	under	share	
option	and	other	share	incentive	schemes,	
but	intend	to	seek	this	authority	each	year.	In	
addition,	there	may	be	circumstances	
where	it	would	be	appropriate	for	the	Company	
to	issue	new	Ordinary	shares,	such	as	an	
acquisition	where	it	might	be	appropriate	for	
the	consideration	to	be	settled	in	whole,	or	in	
part,	by	the	issue	of	new	Ordinary	shares.	The	
Company	does	not	
hold	any	shares	in	treasury.

Ordinary resolution 13 – Approval of 
political donations

It	remains	the	policy	of	the	Company	not	to	
make	political	donations	or	to	incur	political	
expenditure,	as	those	expressions	are	normally	
understood.	However,	following	broader	
definitions	introduced	by	the	2006	Act,	the	
Directors	continue	to	propose	a	resolution	
designed	to	avoid	inadvertent	infringement	of	
these	definitions.

The	2006	Act	requires	companies	to	obtain	
shareholders’	authority	for	donations	to	
registered	political	parties	and	other	political	
organisations	totalling	more	than	£5,000	in	
any	12-month	period,	and	for	any	political	
expenditure,	subject	to	limited	exceptions.	
The	definition	of	donation	in	this	context	is	
very	wide	and	extends	to	bodies	such	as	those	
concerned	with	policy	review,	law	reform	and	
the	representation	of	the	business	community.	
It	could	also	include	special	interest	groups,	
such	as	those	involved	with	the	environment,	
which	the	Company	and	its	subsidiaries	might	
wish	to	support,	even	though	these	activities	
are	not	designed	to	support	or	to	influence	
support	for	any	particular	political	party.	

Ordinary resolution 14 – Share 
Consolidation

The	Board	has	been	advised	that	the	Company	
is	likely	to	benefit	from	a	consolidation	of	
its	share	capital	in	terms	of	reduced	share	
price	volatility	and	improved	liquidity.	This	
resolution	will	effect	a	15	for	1	consolidation	of	
the	Company’s	Ordinary	share	capital	(“Share	
Consolidation”).	

If	approved	by	shareholders	at	the	AGM	the	
total	number	of	issued	Ordinary	shares	will	
be	reduced	and	the	nominal	value	of	the	
Ordinary	shares	will	change	from	1	pence	to	
15	pence.	All	Ordinary	shares	in	the	capital	
of	the	Company	will	be	consolidated	and	
each	shareholder’s	percentage	holding	
in	the	total	issued	share	capital	of	the	
Company	immediately	before	and	after	the	
implementation	of	the	Share	Consolidation	
will	(save	in	respect	of	fractional	entitlements)	
remain	unchanged.

The	Share	Consolidation	is	conditional	on	the	
new	Ordinary	shares	being	admitted	to	the	
standard	listing	segment	of	the	Official	List	and	
being	admitted	to	trading	on	the	London	Stock	
Exchange’s	main	market	for	listed	securities.	
The	new	Ordinary	shares	will	rank	equally	
with	one	another	and	have	the	same	rights,	
including	voting	and	dividend	rights,	as	the	
existing	Ordinary	shares.

Please	refer	to	the	Future	plc:	Share	
Consolidation:	Frequently	Asked	Questions	(a	
copy	of	which	is	available	on	the	Company’s	
website)	for	further	information	and	details	on	
the	Share	Consolidation.

Special resolution 15 – Disapplication 
of statutory pre-emption rights 

Resolution	15	authorises	the	Directors	in	
certain	circumstances	to	allot	equity	securities	
for	cash	other	than	in	accordance	with	the	
statutory	pre-emption	rights	(which	require	
a	company	to	offer	all	allotments	for	cash	
first	to	existing	shareholders	in	proportion	to	
their	holdings).	The	relevant	circumstances	
are	either	where	the	allotment	takes	place	in	
connection	with	a	rights	issue	or	the	allotment	
is	limited	to	a	maximum	nominal	amount	of	
£548,430,	representing	approximately	10%	
of	the	nominal	value	of	the	issued	ordinary	
share	capital	of	the	Company	as	at	13	
December	2016	being	the	latest	practicable	
date	before	publication	of	this	notice.	Unless	
revoked,	varied	or	extended,	this	authority	
will	expire	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	AGM	
of	the	Company	or	31	March	2018,	whichever	
is	the	earlier.	The	Board	confirms	that	it	will	
only	allot	shares	representing	more	than	5%	
of	the	issued	ordinary	share	capital	of	the	
Company	(excluding	treasury	shares)	for	
cash	pursuant	to	the	authority	referred	to	in	
paragraph	(b)	of	resolution	15,	where	that	
allotment	is	in	connection	with	an	acquisition	

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

22

or	specified	capital	investment	(within	the	
meaning	given	in	the	Pre–Emption	Group’s	
Statement	of	Principles)	which	is	announced	
contemporaneously	with	the	allotment,	or	
which	has	taken	place	in	the	preceding	
six-month	period	and	is	disclosed	in	the	
announcement	of	the	allotment.	In	respect	
of	the	authority	referred	to	in	paragraph	(b)	
of	resolution	15,	the	Board	also	confirms	
its	intention	to	follow	the	provisions	of	the	
Pre–Emption	Group’s	Statement	of	Principles	
regarding	cumulative	usage	of	authorities	
within	a	rolling	three–year	period	where	the	
Principles	provide	that	usage	in	excess	of	
7.5%	of	issued	ordinary	share	capital	of	the	
Company	(excluding	treasury	shares)	should	
not	take	place	without	prior	consultation	with	
shareholders,	except	in	connection	with	an	
acquisition	or	specified	capital	investment	as	
referred	to	above.

Special resolution 16 – General 
meetings on 14 days’ notice

Notice	periods	for	AGMs	must	give	at	least	21	
days’	clear	notice.	For	other	general	meetings,	
the	old	minimum	notice	period	of	14	days	
was	increased	to	21	days	by	the	Companies	
(Shareholders’	Rights)	Regulations	2009,	
unless	shareholders	approve	a	shorter	period	
of	at	least	14	clear	days.	In	the	interests	of	
greater	efficiency,	resolution	16	seeks	to	renew	
approval	for	notice	periods	of	at	least	14	clear	
days.

30	January	2017.	The	return	of	the	form	of	
proxy	will	not	prevent	you	from	attending	the	
Annual	General	Meeting	and	voting	in	person	
if	you	wish	to	do	so.	Further	information	
about	the	AGM,	including	about	electronic	
appointment	of	proxies,	is	provided	on	pages	
81	to	83.

Recommendations

The	Board	believes	that	each	of	the	resolutions	
to	be	proposed	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting	
is	in	the	best	interests	of	the	Company	and	
its	shareholders	as	a	whole.	Accordingly,	the	
Directors	unanimously	recommend	that	you	
vote	in	favour	of	all	of	the	resolutions	proposed,	
as	they	intend	to	do	in	respect	of	their	own	
beneficial	holdings.

Annual General Meeting procedures 
and result

As	in	previous	years,	the	Company	will:	(a)	
indicate	the	level	of	proxies	lodged	on	each	
resolution	together	with	the	balance	for	and	
against	each	resolution	and	the	number	of	
abstentions;	(b)	announce	the	results	of	voting	
to	the	London	Stock	Exchange;	and	(c)	post	
the	results	of	voting	on	our	corporate	website,	
www.futureplc.com.

Disclosure of information to  
the auditors

Special resolutions 17 and 18 – 
Amendments to the Company’s Articles 
of Association

The	Directors	confirm	that	they	have	complied	
with	the	relevant	provisions	of	the	2006	Act	in	
preparing	the	financial	statements.	

Resolutions	17	and	18	contain	proposed	
changes	to	the	articles	of	association	of	the	
Company.	The	change	proposed	in	resolution	
17,	which	is	in	line	with	current	market	practice,	
allows	the	Directors	to	donate	any	small	
amounts	(less	than	£3.00)	arising	from	a	Share	
Consolidation	to	charity.	The	change	proposed	
in	resolution	18,	if	approved	by	shareholders	
at	the	AGM,	will	allow	the	Board	of	Directors	to	
pass	a	Board	resolution	to	change	the	name	
of	the	Company.	The	Directors	are	currently	
considering	a	rebranding	project	and	this	
flexibility	will	assist	with	the	launch	of	the	
new	brand.		Details	of	any	change	of	name	
will	be	announced	in	accordance	with	the	
requirements	of	the	Listing	Rules.	

Action to be taken

A	form	of	proxy	is	included	with	this	Annual	
Report	for	use	in	connection	with	the	Annual	
General	Meeting.	Please	complete	and	return	
the	form	in	accordance	with	the	instructions	
printed	on	it	to	Computershare	Investor	
Services	plc,	The	Pavilions,	Bridgwater	Road,	
Bristol	BS99	6ZY	as	soon	as	possible	and,	in	
any	event,	no	later	than	10:30am	on	Monday	

In	addition,	each	of	the	Directors	confirms	that,	
so	far	as	they	are	aware,	there	is	no	relevant	
audit	information	of	which	the	auditors	are	
unaware.	Each	Director	has	taken	all	reasonable	
steps	to	ensure	that	they	are	aware	of	any	
relevant	audit	information	and	that	the	auditors	
are	aware	of	any	relevant	audit	information.

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	preparing	
the	Annual	Report,	the	Directors’	remuneration	
report	and	the	financial	statements	in	
accordance	with	applicable	law	and	regulations.

Company	law	requires	the	Directors	to	prepare	
financial	statements	for	each	financial	year.	
Under	that	law	the	Directors	have	prepared	the	
Group	and	Parent	company	financial	statements	
in	accordance	with	International	Financial	
Reporting	Standards	(IFRSs)	as	adopted	by	
the	European	Union.	Under	company	law	
the	Directors	must	not	approve	the	financial	
statements	unless	they	are	satisfied	that	they	
give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	affairs	of	
the	Group	and	the	Company	and	of	the	profit	or	
loss	of	the	Group	for	that	period.	In	preparing	

these	financial	statements,	the	Directors	are	
required	to:

::				select	suitable	accounting	policies	and	then	

apply	them	consistently;

::	 make	judgements	and	accounting	estimates	

that	are	reasonable	and	prudent;

::	 state	whether	applicable	IFRSs	as	adopted	
by	the	European	Union	have	been	followed,	
subject	to	any	material	departures	disclosed	
and	explained	in	the	financial	statements;

::	 prepare	the	financial	statements	on	the	

going	concern	basis	unless	it	is	
inappropriate	to	presume	that	the	Company	
will	continue	in	business.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	keeping	
adequate	accounting	records	that	are	
sufficient	to	show	and	explain	the	Company’s	
transactions	and	disclose	with	reasonable	
accuracy	at	any	time	the	financial	position	of	
the	Company	and	the	Group	and	enable	them	
to	ensure	that	the	financial	statements	and	the	
Directors’	remuneration	report	comply	with	
the	Companies	Act	2006	and,	as	regards	the	
Group	financial	statements,	Article	4	of	the	
IAS	Regulation.	They	are	also	responsible	for	
safeguarding	the	assets	of	the	Company	and	
the	Group	and	hence	for	taking	reasonable	
steps	for	the	prevention	and	detection	of	fraud	
and	other	irregularities.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	
maintenance	and	integrity	of	the	Company’s	
website.	Legislation	in	the	United	Kingdom	
governing	the	preparation	and	dissemination	of	
financial	statements	may	differ	from	legislation	
in	other	jurisdictions.	

Each	of	the	Directors,	whose	names	and	
functions	are	listed	in	the	Board	of	Directors	
section	on	pages	17	and	18,	confirm	that	to	the	
best	of	their	knowledge:

(a)	 the	Group	financial	statements,	which	have	
been	prepared	in	accordance	with	IFRSs	as	
adopted	by	the	EU,	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	
the	assets,	liabilities,	financial	position	and	loss	
of	the	Group;	and

(b)	 the	Strategic	report	and	Financial	review	
include	a	fair	review	of	the	development	and	
performance	of	the	business	and	the	position	
of	the	Group,	together	with	a	description	of	the	
principal	risks	and	uncertainties	that	it	faces.

Approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	signed	
on	its	behalf	by:

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	 
and	Company	Secretary
13	December	2016

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

 
23

Future plc

Corporate 
Governance 
report

Good Practice

Effective	corporate	governance	requires	not	just	compliance	
with	legislative	and	regulatory	requirements,	but	also	applying	
the	principle	of	good	governance	in	the	boardroom	and	
throughout	the	business.		

“   The	non-executives	play	

a	critical	role	on	the	
Board	in	overseeing	and	
scrutinising	the	running	
of	the	business	and	in	
ensuring	that	corporate	
governance	remains	at	

the	top	of	the	agenda.”

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	
and	Company	Secretary

Quick find contents

Board of Directors 
Page	23 

Audit Committee 
Page	26

Nomination Committee
Page	28	

Remuneration Committee
Page	28

Our approach to corporate 
governance

In	this	report,	we	provide	detail	on	the	role 	
of	the	Board	of	Directors,	followed	by	a	more 	
detailed	focus	on	the	work	of	each	of	the	three 	
key	committees:	the	Audit	Committee,	the	
Nomination	Committee	and	the	Remuneration	
Committee.	Together,	these	give	a	clear	
insight	into	how	we	manage	corporate 	
governance	principles	and	processes	within	
the	Group.

of	Disruptive	Capital	Investments	Limited,	
the	Company’s	second	largest	shareholder	
following	completion	of	the	Imagine	acquisition,	
which	has	the	right	to	appoint	a	Director	to	
the	Board	until	such	time	as	its	shareholding	
in	the	Company	falls	below	10	per	cent	of	the	
issued	share	capital.	Consequently,	the	Board	
does	not	consider	that	James	Hanbury	meets	
the	relevant	independence	criteria.	Manjit	
Wolstenholme	is	the	Senior	independent	non-
executive	Director.	There	is	a	genuine	mix	of	
views	and	insights,	as	well	as	experience.	

As	a	Standard	Listed	entity	the	Group	is	not 	
required	to	comply	with	the	requirements	
of	the	UK	Corporate	Governance	Code	
(September	2014)	(the	“Code”)	and	therefore	
the	Group	has	not	adopted	the	Code,	however 	
the	Directors	continue	to	comply	with	the	spirit 	
of	the	Code.

1. Board of Directors

Membership of the Board
The	Board	consists	of	two	executive	and	
four	non-executive	Directors.	Biographies	
of	Directors	and	details	of	their	other	time	
commitments	are	set	out	on	page	18.		

Board changes during the year
Mark	Wood	served	as	a	non-executive	Director	
until	3	February	2016	as	he	did	not	seek	
re-election	to	the	Board.	There	were	no	other	
Board	changes	during	the	year	ended	30	
September	2016,	however	James	Hanbury	was	
appointed	to	the	Board	as	Deputy	Chairman	on	
21	October	2016.

Role of the non-executive Directors
The	non-executives	play	a	critical	role	on	the	
Board	in	overseeing	and	scrutinising	the	running	
of	the	business	and	in	ensuring	that	corporate	
governance	remains	at	the	top	of	the	agenda.	

The	non-executive	Directors	all	serve	three-
year	terms,	terminable	by	either	party	on	three	
months’	notice	at	any	time	and	subject	to	their	
election	and	annual	re-election	or	removal	by	
shareholders.	Although	annual	re-election	is	
not	a	requirement	for	Future,	we	believe	it	is	the	
best	way	to	ensure	non-executives	are	directly	
accountable	to	shareholders.

All	of	the	non-executive	Directors,	with	the	
exception	of	James	Hanbury,	are	considered	to	
be	independent	by	the	Board.	James	Hanbury	
was	appointed	to	the	Board	as	a	representative	

Each	non-executive	Director	is	expected	to	
commit	20	days	a	year	to	their	role	to	allow	for	
preparation	for,	and	attendance	at,	Board	and	
Committee	meetings	and	keeping	in	touch	with	
the	senior	management	team,	shareholders	and	
other	stakeholders.

Roles of the Chairman and Chief Executive
The	duties	and	responsibilities	of	the	Board 	
are	effectively	divided	so	that	the	Chairman 	
leads	the	Board	and	the	Chief	Executive	leads 	
the	business.	

Board meetings
The	Board	had	eight	scheduled	meetings	during	
the	financial	year	and	attendance	is	summarised	
opposite.	The	Board	had	one	unscheduled	
telephone	meeting	to	discuss	and	approve	
aspects	of	the	Imagine	acquisition,	during	which	
the	Chairman	and	Chief	Executive	were	present.

All	Directors	are	aware	of	the	need	to	be	
available	and	there	is	a	clear	contact	process.	
Board	meetings	are	sometimes	preceded	by	
an	informal	dinner	where	Board	Directors	can	
meet	with	and	discuss	business	issues	with	the	
Group’s	senior	management	team.	

There	is	a	regular	and	comprehensive	exchange	
of	information	between	meetings	to	ensure	
Board	members	are	well	informed	to	participate	
effectively	in	meetings.	Directors	receive	a	
Board	pack	before	each	meeting	with	minutes	
of	the	previous	meeting,	all	papers	for	agenda	
items,	a	report	from	the	Company	Secretary	
summarising	any	key	legal	issues	and	providing	
any	regulatory/legislative	updates,	and	a	
summary	of	share	ownership	and	recent	share	
dealing.	Similar	packs	are	provided	for	all	
Committee	meetings.	Between	meetings,	the	
Board	receives	a	monthly	Board	report	written	
by	the	executive	Directors	which	summarises	
financial	and	operational	performance	and	
provides	updates	on	key	programmes	within	
the	business.

 
 
	
	
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

24

There	is	a	written	schedule	of	matters	reserved	
for	the	Board	which	sets	out	those	matters	
that	require	Board	approval	including	setting	
strategy,	approving	budgets	and	financial	
statements	and	setting	up	policies.	It	was	
noted	that	41	matters	had	been	considered	
by	the	Board	during	the	year.	The	schedule	is	
available	on	the	Company’s	website	at	www.
futureplc.com.	The	Board	delegates	day-to-
day	operational	matters	to	the	Group’s	senior	
management	team.	

Attendance	 
(8	scheduled	meetings)

The	Board	has	a	number	of	nominated	
advisers	(as	listed	on	page	85).	During	the	
last	financial	year	meetings	were	regularly	
held	with	key	advisers	to	keep	them	aware	
of	issues,	and	PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	
attended	Audit	Committee	meetings	and	
briefings	with	members	of	the	executive	and	
senior	finance	teams.

Advice and support
All	Directors	have	access	to	the	Company	
Secretary	who	can	advise	them	on	issues	
of	governance,	best	practice	and	any	other	
legislative	or	regulatory	matters.	

Director

Peter	Allen	

Zillah	Byng-Thorne		

Manjit	Wolstenholme	

Hugo	Drayton	
Penny	Ladkin-Brand	 

Mark	Wood	
(resigned	3	February	2016)	

8 of 8 

8 of 8

8 of 8 

7 of 8
8 of 8

2 of 2

The	appointment	and	removal	of	the	Company	
Secretary	is	a	Board	decision.	The	Directors	
may	also	take	independent	professional	
advice	at	the	Company’s	expense	provided	
that	they	give	notice	to	the	Chairman.	No	
such	advice	was	sought	during	2016.	The	
Company	maintains	appropriate	insurance	for	
its	Directors.

Board	decisions	are	made	unanimously	
whenever	possible,	but	can	be	made	by	
majority.	If	Directors	have	concerns	that	
cannot	be	resolved	about	the	running	of	the	
Company	or	a	proposed	action,	their	concerns	
are	recorded	in	the	minutes.	No	such	concerns	
arose	in	the	year.	The	Board	regularly	appoints	
a	sub-committee	consisting	of	at	least	two	
Directors	in	order	to	finalise	and	approve	those	
matters	that	have	been	approved	in	principle	
by	the	Board,	subject	to	final	amendments	only.	
A	permanent	sub-committee	consisting	of	at	
least	two	Directors	exists	to	approve	the	issue	
and	allotment	of	new	shares	in	satisfaction	of	
employee	share	schemes.

Effective Development

Training and induction
The	Board’s	training	and	development	
policy	requires	that	all	new	Directors	should 	
receive	appropriate	induction	on	joining	
the	Board,	both	in	respect	of	the	Group’s 	
activities	as	a	whole	and	of	each	operating 	
company	individually.	Ongoing	training	
for	Directors	is	available	as	appropriate	
whether	by	presentations	to	the	Board	by 	
senior	management	or	more	formally	where	
individual	Directors	request	training	on	
specific	issues.	The	training	and	development	
needs	of	each	individual	Director	are	
assessed	and	discussed	as	part	of	the	annual 	
Board	performance	evaluation	process.	

Summary of performance evaluation

Objectives	for	2016	

Steps	taken	during	2016

Ensure	robust	strategic	growth	plan

Strategy	in	place	to	deliver	diversified	revenues	
through	a	mix	of	organic	growth	
and	acquisitions.

Succession	planning

Internal	talent	matrix	developed	to	identify 	
future	successors.

i

Terms of reference for the 
Audit, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees

The	terms	of	reference	for	all	
Committees	are	available	on	 
the	Company’s	website	at	

www.futureplc.com

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

 
 
25

Future plc

Corporate 
Governance 
report

“   Good	corporate	

governance	is	essential	
for	the	long-term	
success	of	the	

Company.”

 Peter Allen 
Chairman

The	Board	encourages	appropriate	training,	
and	regular	updates	and	refresher	sessions	
are	provided	by	the	Company	Secretary	and 	
the	Company’s	legal	advisers	and	auditors,	
to	inform	the	Board	or	relevant	Committees	of 	
important	changes	in	legislation,	regulation	
and	best	practice.

Performance evaluation

The	Directors	completed	a	detailed	Board	
performance	evaluation	questionnaire	as	
part	of	the	annual	performance	evaluation	
process.	Each	questionnaire	was	analysed	
and	the	results	were	presented	to	the	Board 	
for	discussion.	The	Chairman	discussed	
the	Board’s	performance	during	the	year	
and	any	specific	requirements	for	training	
and	development	with	each	Director.	During	
the	process	the	Board	also	compared	
its	performance	with	the	results	and	
recommendations	from	the	prior	year’s	
performance	evaluations	and	noted	that	
the	Board	had	made	significant	progress	
in	dealing	with	the	risks	and	challenges 	
identified	for	the	year.	The	Board	considers 	
this	exercise	to	be	of	significant	value	in 	
ensuring	a	functional	and	effective	Board	and 	
Committees.

The	Chairman	also	met	with	the	non-
executive	Directors	during	the	year	without	
the	executive	Directors,	in	order	to	assess	the 	
performance	of	the	executive	Directors.

Going concern
The	Directors	are	required	to	make	an	
assessment	of	the	Group’s	ability	to	continue	
to	trade	as	a	going	concern.

The	Directors	have	given	this	matter	due	
consideration	and	have	concluded	that	it	is	
appropriate	to	prepare	the	Group	financial	
statements	on	a	going	concern	basis.	The	
three	main	considerations	were	as	follows:

a)	Strength	of	the	Group’s	cash	flow

Following	completion	of	the	transformation	
project	at	the	end	of	2015,	the	Group	
has	generated	increased	profit	(before	
exceptional	items)	and	has	seen	a	
corresponding	increase	in	the	cash	flow	
from	operations	during	the	year.

b)	Continued	support	of	the	Group’s	bank

Following	the	completion	of	the	acquisition	
of	Imagine	Publishing,	the	Group	negotiated	

a	new	£14.0m	bank	facility	with	HSBC	Bank	
plc	which	replaced	the	previous	£5.0m	
facility	with	Santander	plc.	The	new	facility	
expires	on	23	June	2021	and	is	subject	
to	certain	financial	covenants.	The	Board	
engages	in	regular	dialogue	with	the	bank	to	
keep	it	informed	of	the	Group’s	performance	
on	a	monthly	basis.

c)	Acquisition	of	Imagine	Publishing

The	acquisition	of	Imagine,	in	October	2016,	
has	strengthened	the	portfolio	and	will	
enable	the	Group	to	benefit	from	economies	
of	scale	and	enhanced	operational	
profitability.	The	Imagine	business	is	
strongly	cash	generative,	which	will	allow	
the	Group	to	invest	further	in	core	growth	
areas.	Furthermore,	the	acquisition	offers	
significant	cost	synergy	opportunities	and	
the	Board	is	confident	that	the	estimated	
annualised	cost	synergies	of	£3.0m	will	be	
delivered.

Financial covenant compliance
Key	covenants	are	tested	quarterly.	Due	to	
the	change	of	bankers	no	covenant	testing	
was	required	at	year-end,	however	the	Group	
was	in	full	compliance	with	all	covenants	at	
all	testing	dates	during	the	year.	Under	the	
new	credit	facility	the	Group	has	covenants	in	
respect	of	net	debt/bank	EBITDAE	and	bank	
EBITDAE/interest.	Further	details	are	included	
within	note	19.	

Risk management and internal controls
Details	of	the	principal	risks	and	the	Group’s	
approach	to	managing	them	are	set	out	on	
pages	9	and	10.	The	Board	conducted	an	
annual	review	of	financial,	operational,	legal	
and	compliance	risks	with	the	assistance	of	
members	of	the	Group	legal	and	finance	teams	
and	the	Executive	Committee	to	ensure	that	
there	is	a	sound	system	of	internal	controls	in	
place	and	that	these	are	sufficient	to	manage	
(rather	than	eliminate)	those	risks	effectively.	
No	significant	failings	or	weaknesses	were	
identified	as	part	of	this	review.	

The	internal	controls	that	are	in	place	to	ensure	
effective	risk	management	are	structured	to	
ensure	a	timely	flow	of	information	within	the	
Group	and	a	clear	structure	of	delegated	
authority	and	responsibility.	The	main	features	
of	the	Group’s	internal	control	and	risk	
management	systems	are	explained	further	in	
the	following	paragraphs.

 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

26

The	Board	approves	a	set	of	control	documents	
which	specify:

Regulatory	News	Service	of	the	London	Stock	
Exchange	including	the	Company’s	latest	
annual	and	interim	results.

(i)		various	financial	and	treasury	policies	to	

be	followed	across	the	Group;	and	

(ii)	the	powers	of	delegated	authority	across	

the	Group.

The	Group	finance	team	manages	the	financial	
reporting	processes	ensuring	that	there	is	
appropriate	control	and	review	of	the	financial	
information	including	the	production	of	the	
consolidated	financial	statements.	Group	
finance	is	supported	by	commercial	finance	
directors	throughout	the	Group	who	have	the	
responsibility	and	accountability	to	provide	
information	in	accordance	with	our	policies	and	
procedures.	

The	Executive	Committee	holds	monthly	
management	meetings	with	combined	UK	and	
US	senior	management	in	order	to	provide	a	
proper	opportunity	for	financial	results	and	
other	business	and	operational	issues	to	be	
explored	and	addressed	in	a	timely	manner.	

Internal audit
The	Audit	Committee	and	the	Board	have	
again	during	2016	reconsidered	whether	there	
is	a	need	for	an	internal	audit	function.	It	was	
concluded	that,	whilst	an	independent	internal	
audit	department	with	the	necessary	technical	
skills	is	not	currently	justified,	the	Committee	
should	continue	to	review	this	subject	each	
year.	

Whistle-blowing policy
As	part	of	its	internal	controls,	the	Group	has	
a	whistle-blowing	policy	which	is	updated	
regularly	and	published	on	the	Group’s	intranet	
to	encourage	employees	to	report,	in	good	
faith,	any	genuine	suspicions	of	fraud,	bribery	
or	malpractice	in	order	to	identify	any	problems	
within	the	Group	at	an	early	stage.	The	policy	is	
also	designed	to	ensure	that	any	employee	who	
raises	a	genuine	concern	is	protected.

Relations with shareholders/
communication
We	aim	to	have	an	open	relationship	with	
our	shareholders,	and	shareholders	can	find	
up-to-date	information	on	Group	activities	on	
the	Company’s	website	at	www.futureplc.com.	
There	is	a	specific	Investor	Relations	section	
on	that	site	which	includes	links	to	all	of	the	
Group’s	public	announcements	made	via	the	

All	Directors	are	available	to	meet	shareholders	
at	the	AGM	or	on	request	by	contacting	the	
Chairman	or	Company	Secretary.	Because	
more	than	80%	of	the	Company’s	shares	
are	held	by	major	institutions,	the	executive	
Directors	hold	a	series	of	meetings	presenting	
the	interim	and	annual	results	to	these	
institutions	in	order	to	update	them	on	the	
progress	of	the	business	and	gauge	their	
views	following	the	analyst	presentations	of	the	
results.

In	order	that	all	Directors	are	aware	of	the	views	
of	shareholders,	Board	packs	include	a	note	
of	views	as	expressed	by	shareholders	during	
meetings	held	with	Directors	or	as	reported	
to	Directors	through	the	Company’s	brokers,	
together	with	copies	of	analysts’	notes,	press	
articles	and	other	relevant	information.

2. Audit Committee

Member

Manjit	Wolstenholme1 
(Chairman)

Peter	Allen

Attendance	
(3	scheduled	meetings)

3 of 3 

3 of 3

1.		The	Chairman	of	the	Committee,	Manjit	Wolstenholme,	has	

recent	and	relevant	financial	experience.

The	Audit	Committee’s	primary	objective	is	
to	provide	effective	financial	governance	and	
monitor	the	integrity	of	the	Group’s	financial	
statements	and	internal	controls.

The	Audit	Committee	meets	before	the	interim	
and	annual	results	announcements	and	
reviews	the	relevant	financial	results	with	the	
executive	management	team	and	the	external	
auditors.	The	Audit	Committee	also	meets	
separately	for	the	purposes	of	planning	the	
audit	process,	monitoring	its	effectiveness,	
reviewing	the	Group’s	relationship	with	the	
external	auditors	and	undertaking	a	detailed	
review	of	the	Group’s	internal	controls	and	risk	
management	systems.	It	considered	whether	
the	2016	Annual	Report	was	fair,	balanced	and	
understandable	and	advised	the	
Board	accordingly.	

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

Re-election of Directors 

We	are	not	required	to	offer	
all	our	Directors	up	for	annual	
election,	however,	all	our	
Directors	take	individual	and	
collective	responsibility	for	
the	decisions	that	the	Board	
makes	and	are	happy	to	let	
shareholders	judge	their	
performance	by	standing	for	
annual	re-election.	We	have	
followed	this	practice	since	the	
AGM	in	2005.

 
27

Future plc

Corporate 
Governance 
report

“   The	Audit	Committee’s	

primary	objective	is	
to	provide	effective	

financial	governance.” 

  Manjit Wolstenholme
Chairman of the 
Audit Committee

The	Audit	Committee	carries	out	the	functions	
required	by	rule	7.1.3	of	the	Disclosure	and	
Transparency	Rules.

Significant financial reporting judgements 
The	Audit	Committee	discussed	the	key	risks	
and	judgements	with	management	and	the	
auditors	as	part	of	the	audit	planning	process	in	
July	2016.	At	the	same	time	they	discussed	and	
agreed	upon	appropriate	levels	of	materiality	
in	the	context	of	the	anticipated	results	for	the	
year.	As	a	result	of	those	discussions	an	audit	
plan	was	agreed	and	subsequently	executed.

The	significant	judgements	considered	in	
relation	to	the	financial	statements	for	the	
year	ended	30	September	2016,	which	were	
originally	identified	and	discussed	as	part	of	
the	planning	process	referred	to	above,	are	set	
out	below	and	were	addressed	as	follows:

1.	Revenue	recognition

The	area	of	revenue	which	carries	the	most	
judgement	is	newstrade	revenue	(both	
domestic	and	export).	Management	has	
carefully	considered	the	estimates	of	returns	
made	in	respect	of	newstrade	revenues	and	
the	recognition	of	revenues	on	the	larger	
advertising	contracts	and	have	concluded	
that	they	are	appropriate.	The	estimates	and	
judgements	made	have	been	discussed	with	
the	auditors	and	the	Audit	Committee.

2.	Carrying	value	of	goodwill	and	long	

lived	assets.	
IAS	36	requires	an	impairment	test	to	be	
performed	for	goodwill	on	an	annual	basis	or	
where	there	is	an	indication	of	impairment.	
Management	prepared	a	detailed	
impairment	assessment	of	the	UK	business	
at	30	September	2016	and	concluded	that	an	
impairment	of	£13.0m	was	required.

The	key	assumptions	made	in	that	
assessment	were	as	follows:

-		Long	term	growth	rate	to	perpetuity	2.0%
-		EBITDAE	margins	assumed	2.4%	to	3.7%
-		Discount	rate	(post-tax)	8.2%	

The	Audit	Committee	agreed	with	
management’s	conclusion	that	an	
impairment	of	£13.0m	was	required	in	
order	to	reflect	the	value	in	use	of	the	UK	
business,	reflecting	a	shift	in	the	underlying	
profitability	and	cash	flows	of	the	Group	and	
the	continued	decline	of	print.

3.	Going	concern

The	Audit	Committee	has	considered	the	
going	concern	assumption	as	set	out	on	
page	25.	Management	prepared	detailed	
assessments	of	going	concern	that	set	out	
all	relevant	considerations.	These	were	
reviewed	in	depth	by	the	Audit	Committee,	
who	confirmed	that	these	assessments	
continued	to	support	the	position	of	the	
Group	as	a	going	concern.	

4.	Exceptional	items

Due	to	the	restructuring	of	the	business	into	
two	divisions	and	continued	transformational	
activity	there	are	a	number	of	items	
considered	exceptional	in	nature.	The	
Audit	Committee	considered	the	items	
and	concluded	that	these	items	should	be	
presented	as	exceptional.	

5.	Tax

The	Audit	Committee	has	reviewed	the	tax	
position	of	the	Group	with	management	and	
the	auditors.	During	the	year,	the	Committee	
has	been	actively	involved	in	considering	
any	areas	of	judgement	relating	to	tax	
positions	in	the	UK,	US	and	Australia.	

Audit fees
The	Audit	Committee	has	reviewed	
the	remuneration	received	by	
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	for	non-audit	
work	conducted	during	the	financial	year.	The 	
fees	for	non-audit	work	were	higher	than	the 	
audit	fee	due	to	work	performed	in	a	reporting 	
accountant	capacity,	taxation	services	and	
due	diligence	in	respect	of	the	Imagine 	
acquisition.		For	further	details	regarding	fees	
paid,	see	note	3	to	the	financial	statements	on 	
page	55.

Auditor independence
The	Audit	Committee	monitors	the	Company’s 	
safeguards	against	compromising	the	
objectivity	and	independence	of	the	external 	
auditors	by	performing	an	annual	review	of 	
non-audit	services	provided	to	the	Group	and 	
their	cost,	reviewing	whether	the	auditors 	
believe	there	are	any	relationships	that	may 	
affect	their	independence	and	obtaining 	
written	confirmation	from	the	auditors	that 	
they	are	independent.	The	Committee	has 	
reviewed	the	Group’s	audit	independence 	
policy	and	is	comfortable	that	it	aligns	to	the 	
Financial	Reporting	Council’s	latest	guidance.

 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

28

For	the	financial	year	ended	30	September 	
2016,	the	Audit	Committee	has	conducted 	
its	review	of	the	auditors’	independence 	
and	concluded	that	no	conflict	of	interest 	
exists	between	PricewaterhouseCoopers	
LLP	audit	and	non-audit	work,	and	that	their 	
involvement	in	non-audit	matters,	which	(as 	
noted	opposite)	mainly	comprised	advice 	
in	respect	of	the	Imagine	acquisition	and 	
taxation,	was	the	most	effective	way	of 	
conducting	the	Group’s	business	during	the 	
year.

Auditor appointment policy
The	Audit	Committee	has	reviewed	its	policy 	
for	appointing	auditors	and	awarding	
non-audit	work.

The	Group	has	used	PricewaterhouseCoopers	
LLP	for	due	diligence	and	reporting	
accountant	work	on	the	acquisition	of	
Imagine.	The	Audit	Committee	considered	
whether	this	constituted	a	threat	to	
independence	and	confirmed	that	it	was	
comfortable	that	there	were	appropriate	
safeguards	in	place.	Given	the	recent	
changes	in	the	Financial	Reporting	Council’s	
audit	independence	guidelines	the	Committee	
has	confirmed	that,	from	1	October	2016,	it 	
will	no	longer	use	PricewaterhouseCoopers	
LLP	for	any	tax	compliance	or	advisory 	
services	as	long	as	they	are	the	Group’s 	
auditor.	

On	the	recommendation	of	the	Audit	
Committee,	the	Board	has	decided	that	it	is	in 	
the	best	interests	of	the	Company	to 	
put	a	resolution	to	shareholders	that	
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP,	who	have	been	
the	Company’s	external	auditor	for	
17	years,	be	reappointed	as	auditors	for	the 	
forthcoming	year.	The	resolution	to	appoint	
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	will	propose	
that	they	hold	office	until	the	conclusion	of	the 	
next	Annual	General	Meeting	at	which	
accounts	are	laid	before	the	Company,	at	a 	
level	of	remuneration	to	be	determined	by	the 	
Directors.

3. Nomination Committee

Member

Peter	Allen	(Chairman)

Manjit	Wolstenholme	

Hugo	Drayton

Attendance	
(1	scheduled	meeting)

1 of 1

1 of 1

0 of 1

Following	discussion	of	the	skills	and	
contribution	of	each	Director,	the	Nomination	
Committee	supports	the	proposed	re-election	
of	all	Directors	standing	for	re-election	at	the 	
2017	AGM	and	the	election	of	James	Hanbury 	
to	confirm	his	appointment	to	the	Board. 	
In	line	with	best	practice,	each	Committee 	
member	seeking	re-election	was	excluded	
from	approving	the	proposal	for	their	re-
election.		

4. Remuneration Committee

Attendance	
(3	scheduled	meetings)

i

Member

Manjit	Wolstenholme	
(Chairman)

Peter	Allen	

Hugo	Drayton

3 of 3 

3 of 3

2 of 3

There	were	three	scheduled	meetings	during	
the	year.	

The	Remuneration	Committee	determines	the	
remuneration	packages	of	executive	Directors,	
including	performance-related	awards	and	
share-based	incentives,	remuneration	policy,	
which	includes	the	individual	bonus	targets	
for	executive	Directors	and	performance	
criteria	attached	to	share-based	incentives,	
the	remuneration	of	the	Chairman,	
recommendations	of	remuneration	levels	for	
non-executive	Directors	and	senior	management	
in	line	with	industry	remuneration	packages	and	
the	implementation	of	any	new	share-based	
incentive	scheme	proposed	to	be	implemented.	
The	Directors’	remuneration	report	is	set	out	on	
pages	29	to	39.

Approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	signed	
on	its	behalf	by:

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	 
and	Company	Secretary	
13	December	2016

Investor Relations

For	copies	of	all	of	the	Group’s	
public	announcements	made	 
via	the	RNS	and	copies	of	 
the	Committees’	terms	of	 
reference	visit	

www.futureplc.com/invest-in-future

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

 
29

Future plc

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2016

Annual statement

The	remuneration	philosophy	is	designed	to	ensure	that	reward	for	
performance	is	competitive	and	appropriate	for	the	future	development	
of,	and	results	delivered	by,	the	Group.	The	remuneration	policy	
seeks	to	align	remuneration	with	shareholder	interests	based	on	the	
achievement	of	strategic	objectives	and	financial	performance.

Dear	shareholders,	

I	am	pleased	to	present	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	for	the	financial	year	ended	30	
September	2016.	This	report	has	been	prepared	on	behalf	of	the	Future	plc	Board	by	the	
Remuneration	Committee,	and	has	been	approved	by	the	Future	plc	Board.

As	required	under	the	Large	and	Medium-sized	Companies	and	Groups	(Accounts	
and	Reports)	(Amendment)	Regulations	2013	(Sl	2013/1981)	Directors’	Remuneration	
Regulations,	this	report	is	split	into	three	sections:	this	letter,	an	Implementation	report,	
setting	out	details	of	Directors’	remuneration	for	the	financial	year	ended	30	September	
2016,	and	a	Remuneration	policy	report,	setting	out	the	Group’s	forward	looking	
remuneration	policy	(“Policy”)	for	executive	and	non-executive	Directors	for	the	three-year	
period	from	1	October	2016.		

The	key	challenges	faced	by	the	Remuneration	Committee	during	the	year	were	
determining	and	setting	incentives	for	the	new	additions	to	the	senior	management	team	
which	has	evolved	over	the	past	year,	ensuring	alignment	with	the	executive	Directors,	and	
setting	appropriate	performance	targets	for	short-term	and	long-term	incentives	for	both	
executive	Directors	and	senior	management	during	this	period	of	significant	change	for	the	
Group.

The	Policy	will	be	subject	to	a	binding	shareholder	vote	at	the	Company’s	AGM	on	1	
February	2017	and	will	take	effect	immediately	thereafter.

During	the	year	to	30	September	2016,	the	Committee	has	considered	the	level	and	make-
up	of	the	executive	Directors’	remuneration	packages,	including	the	grant	of	share-based	
incentive	awards	and	the	basis	of	performance-related	bonuses,	details	of	which	are	set	
out	in	the	Implementation	report	and	the	Policy.	The	Committee,	in	particular,	focused	its	
efforts	at	the	beginning	of	the	financial	year	on	updating	the	performance	targets	of	the	
Performance	Share	Plan	(PSP)	to	better	align	to	the	interests	of	shareholders,	as	well	as	
updating	the	rules	of	the	Deferred	Annual	Bonus	Scheme	(DABS).	The	Committee	has	
commenced	consultations	with	major	shareholders	in	relation	to	certain	changes	to	the	
PSP,	including:	(i)	increasing	the	maximum	value	of	an	award	as	a	percentage	of	salary	to	
400%	in	relation	to	any	employee	share	incentive	schemes	on	an	exceptional	basis,	and	(ii)	
the	level	of	dilution	for	existing	shareholders.

The	remuneration	philosophy	is	designed	to	ensure	that	reward	for	performance	is	
competitive	and	appropriate	for	the	transformational	phase	that	the	Group	has	undergone	
and	to	attract	and	retain	the	talent	required	to	deliver	the	growth	ambitions	of	the	Group.	
The	remuneration	policy	seeks	to	align	remuneration	with	shareholder	interests	based	
on	the	achievement	of	strategic	objectives	and	financial	performance.	As	a	result,	
remuneration	levels	are	designed	to	reflect	the	relative	performance	of	the	business	for	the	
relevant	period.	

We	believe	that	the	Policy	will	incentivise	the	executive	team	to	deliver	growth	in	the	short,	
medium	and	long	term	and	hope	to	receive	your	continued	support	at	the	Company’s	2017	
AGM.

Quick find contents

Implementation report
Page	30	

Remuneration policy 
report 
Page	36

Manjit Wolstenholme
13	December	2016

 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

30

Implementation report

The	following	report	provides	details	of	Directors’	remuneration	
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2016.	In	setting	remuneration	
for	the	year,	the	Committee	applied	the	principles	set	out	in	the	
Remuneration	policy	report.

Remuneration Committee

Three	independent	non-executive	Directors	
served	on	the	Remuneration	Committee	during	
the	year	to	30	September	2016:	Manjit	
Wolstenholme	chairs	the	Committee	and	both	
Peter	Allen	and	Hugo	Drayton	served	
throughout	the	year.	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	acted	
as	Secretary	to	the	Committee	throughout	the	
year.	

It	is	the	Board	that	is	responsible	for	
determining	the	remuneration	of	non-executive	
Directors	following	the	recommendation	of	the	
Committee	as	set	out	on	page	32.

No	Director	is	involved	in	deciding	his	or	her	
own	remuneration.	As	explained	on	page	24,	
the	terms	of	reference	of	the	Remuneration	
Committee,	reviewed	annually,	are	available	on	
the	Company’s	website.

provided	that	the	total	potential	maximum	
bonus	payable	for	any	year	shall	not	exceed	
150%	of	salary	and	the	bonus	shall	only	be	
payable	for	over	performance.	The	potential	
maximum	performance-related	bonus	payable	
under	the	Annual	Bonus	Scheme	during	2016	
was	120%	of	basic	annual	salary	to	Zillah	
Byng-Thorne	as	Chief	Executive	and	50%	of	
basic	annual	salary	to	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	as	
Chief	Financial	Officer.	

The	Committee	is	responsible	for	determining	
the	basic	annual	salaries,	incentive	
arrangements	and	terms	of	employment	
of	executive	Directors,	for	making	
recommendations	regarding	non-executive	
Directors’	fees,	the	level	and	make-up	of	the	
remuneration	packages	of	senior	managers,	
including	bonus	schemes	and	share-based	
incentives,	and	ensuring	that	remuneration	
policies	and	practices	do	not	encourage	
excessive	risk-taking.	The	Committee	is	also	
responsible	for	fixing	the	Chairman’s	
remuneration	and	approving	the	terms	of	any	
new	share-based	incentive	scheme	for	any	
employees	of	the	Group,	subject,	where	
appropriate,	to	shareholder	approval.	

Performance-related bonus (Annual 
Bonus Scheme)

Operation of the scheme

The	performance-related	bonus	is	subject	to	
both	profit	related	and	subjective	individual	
performance	criteria,	with	20%	of	the	
potential	maximum	performance-related	
bonus	payable	being	subject	to	subjective	
individual	performance	criteria	determined	by	
the	Committee,	although	the	Committee	has	
discretion	to	vary	the	potential	total	maximum	
bonus,	the	weighting	of	the	variable	elements	
and	the	stretch	of	the	targets	in	order	to	
incentivise	or	recruit	executive	Directors,	

Payment	of	any	performance-related	bonus	
under	the	Annual	Bonus	Scheme	is	usually	
made	in	December,	following	announcement	
of	the	preliminary	results	and	conclusion	of	the	
audit	in	respect	of	the	preceding	financial	year.	
Payment	of	any	performance-related	bonus	
is	also	subject	to	the	executive	Director	being	
in	the	Company’s	employment	at	the	time	of	
payment	of	such	performance-related	bonus	
and	not	having	given	or	received	notice	of	
termination	of	employment	and	certain	other	
events	not	having	occurred.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Single Total Figure of Remuneration (audited)

The	remuneration	of	the	Directors	is	set	out	below:	

Salary/fees

Benefits1

Annual	bonus2

PSP2

Pension

Total

2016 
£’000

2015 
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2016 
£’000

2015 
£’000

2016 
£’000

2015 
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2016 
£’000

2015 
£’000

Executive Directors in office as  
at 30 September 2016

Zillah	Byng-Thorne3

Penny	Ladkin-Brand

Total for executive Directors

Non-executive Directors in office as 
at 30 September 2016

Peter	Allen

Manjit	Wolstenholme

Hugo	Drayton

Total for non-executive Directors

Former non-executive Director

Mark	Wood

Total

300

178

478

101

50

40

191

296

29

325

120

49

33

202

13

20

10

-

10

10

-

10

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

682

547

10

10

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

128

15

143

-

-

-

-

-

143

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

37

8

45

37

-

37

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

347

186

533

101

50

40

191

471

44

515

120

49

33

202

13

20

45

37

737

737

Notes:
1.		 Benefits	for	executive	Directors	comprise	principally	car	allowance,	private	health	insurance	and	life	assurance.	There	were	no	taxable	expenses	paid	to	any	Director	in	the	year.
2.		Details	relating	to	the	Annual	Bonus	Scheme	and	the	Performance	Share	Plan	(“PSP”)	are	set	out	on	pages	30	to	32.
3.		With	effect	from	1	July	2016,	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	received	a	cash	supplement	in	lieu	of	pension	contribution.	This	additional	cash	payment	is	not	included	in	determining	her	entitlement	to	any	bonus,	

share-based	incentive	or	pension	entitlement.

4.		James	Hanbury	was	appointed	to	the	Board	on	21	October	2016	and	consequently	no	remuneration	is	included	in	the	table	above.

 
31

Future plc

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2016

Performance targets

The	profit	criteria	for	payment	of	the	
performance-related	bonus	set	for	2016	was	
in	a	range	from	90%	to	110%	target	EBITDAE,	
as	follows:

::	If	EBITDAE	is	more	than	10%	below	target	
EBITDAE,	no	profit-related	bonus	will	be	
payable.	

::	If	EBITDAE	is	10%	below	target	EBITDAE,	
20%	of	the	potential	maximum	of	the	profit-
related	bonus	will	be	payable	in	the	event	that	
the	Committee	determines,	in	its	absolute	
discretion,	that	such	payment	is	merited	by	the	
individual.

::	If	EBITDAE	is	5%	below	target	EBITDAE,	
35%	of	the	potential	maximum	of	the	profit-
related	bonus	will	be	payable	in	the	event	that	
the	Committee	determines,	in	its	absolute	
discretion,	that	such	payment	is	merited	by	the	
individual.

::	If	EBITDAE	target	is	achieved,	50%	of	the	
potential	maximum	of	the	profit-related	bonus	
will	be	payable.	

::	If	EBITDAE	target	is	exceeded	by	5%,	
75%	of	the	potential	maximum	of	the	profit-
related	bonus	will	be	payable	in	the	event	that	
the	Committee	determines,	in	its	absolute	
discretion,	that	such	payment	is	merited	by	the	
individual.

::	If	EBITDAE	target	is	exceeded	by	10%	or	
more,	100%	of	the	potential	maximum	of	the	
profit-related	bonus	will	be	payable.

::	If	EBITDAE	falls	in	between	any	of	the	above	
levels,	a	percentage	of	the	potential	maximum	
profit-related	bonus	will	be	payable,	on	a	pro	
rata	basis	to	the	levels	expressed	above,	in	
the	event	that	the	Committee	determines,	in	
its	absolute	discretion,	that	such	payment	is	
merited	by	the	individual.

The	EBITDAE	target	is	not	disclosed	as	this	
is	believed	to	be	a	commercially	sensitive	
number	but	it	is	set	by	the	Committee	to	be	
challenging	and	is	set	by	reference	to	the	
budget	for	the	relevant	financial	year.	The	
individual	performance	criteria	set	by	the	
Committee	were	designed	to	reward	the	
successful	implementation	of	specific	elements	
of	the	Group’s	financial	and	operational	
strategy.

Payment	of	any	part	of	the	individual	
performance-related	bonus	is	subject	to	the	
90%	EBITDAE	floor	being	achieved.

Actual performance against targets  
for the year

Based	on	EBITDAE	performance	achieved	for	
2016,	and	on	individual	performance	measures,	
the	Chief	Executive	was	eligible	for	a	bonus	of	
60%	of	salary	and	the	Chief	Financial	Officer	
was	eligible	for	a	bonus	of	25%	of	salary.	These	
awards	were	waived	by	the	executive	Directors	
in	lieu	of	a	transaction	bonus	paid	following	
the	successful	completion	of	the	acquisition	of	
Imagine	Publishing	in	October	2016.	

2005 Performance Share Plan (PSP) 

Operation of the scheme

The	PSP	has	been	in	operation	since	2005	
and	is	designed	to	reward	performance	over	a	
three-year	period	in	the	context	of	performance	
targets	which	are	designed	to	align	the	
interests	of	the	executive	Directors	with	those	
of	the	shareholders.	Those	targets	are	set	out	
below	and	opposite.	The	maximum	amount	
of	an	award	in	any	financial	year	is	normally	
100%	of	basic	annual	salary.	However,	in	
exceptional	circumstances,	where	it	is	felt	
necessary	to	provide	further	incentive	to	the	
executive	Directors,	awards	of	up	to	200%	
of	basic	annual	salary	may	be	approved.	
Awards	under	this	scheme	are	granted	to	
executive	Directors	and	key	senior	executive	
management.	The	PSP	expires	in	January	
2025,	following	its	renewal	in	January	2015	for	
a	further	10	years.	

Subject	to	the	executive	Directors	remaining	
in	employment	at	the	vesting	date,	awards	
granted	shall	vest	subject	to	the	following	
performance	criteria	having	been	met	at	the	
end	of	the	relevant	three-year	measurement	
period.

Performance criteria in respect of awards 
granted between 30 November 2015 and 
30 September 2016

Earnings Per Share (50% of award)

Net Cash Flow (50% of award)

Net	Cash	Flow	for	the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period	of	at	least	£(0.25)m	for	this	
part	of	the	award	to	vest	(at	this	level	the	vested	
amount	is	25%	of	this	part	of	the	award),	with	full	
vesting	at	£0.75m	and	on	a	straight-line	basis	
between	these	amounts.

Performance criteria in respect of awards 
granted between 4 February 2015 and 29 
November 2015

In	February	2016,	the	Remuneration	
Committee	exercised	its	discretion	to	change	
the	performance	criteria	in	respect	of	50%	of	
awards	granted	between	4	February	2015	and	
29	November	2015	from	TSR	performance	
to	net	cash	flow	in	order	to	better	align	the	
interests	of	participants	and	shareholders.	
There	was	no	change	to	the	EPS	performance	
criteria	in	respect	of	the	remaining	50%	of	
these	awards.	The	revised	performance	criteria	
are	as	follows:

Earnings Per Share (50% of award)

EPS	for	the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period	of	at	least	1.0p	for	this	part	
of	the	award	to	vest	(at	this	level	the	vested	
amount	is	25%	of	this	part	of	the	award),	with	
full	vesting	at	1.4p	and	on	a	straight-line	basis	
between	these	amounts.

Net Cash Flow (50% of award)

Net	Cash	Flow	for	the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period	of	at	least	£0.25m	for	this	
part	of	the	award	to	vest	(at	this	level	the	vested	
amount	is	25%	of	this	part	of	the	award),	with	full	
vesting	at	£1.25m	and	on	a	straight-line	basis	
between	these	amounts.

Performance criteria in respect of awards 
granted prior to 4 February 2015

Earnings Per Share (50% of award)

Growth	in	EPS	over	the	three	years	of	at	least	
annual	Retail	Price	Index	(RPI)	+	3%	for	this	
part	of	the	award	to	vest	(at	this	level	the	vested	
amount	is	zero)	with	full	vesting	at	annual	RPI	+	
8%	and	on	a	straight-line	basis	between	the	two.

EPS	for	the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period	of	at	least	1.2p	for	this	part	
of	the	award	to	vest	(at	this	level	the	vested	
amount	is	25%	of	this	part	of	the	award),	with	
full	vesting	at	1.5p	and	on	a	straight-line	basis	
between	these	amounts.

Total Shareholder Return (50% of award)

The	Company’s	TSR	performance	is	compared	
against	a	basket	of	comparator	companies	
comprising	at	all	times	a	minimum	of	15	
companies.

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

32

If	the	Company’s	TSR	performance	places	it	
below	median	ranking,	none	of	the	part	of	the	
award	dependent	on	TSR	performance	will	
vest.	If	the	TSR	performance	places	it	in	median	
ranking,	25%	of	this	part	of	the	award	will	vest	
through	to	100%	if	the	Company	is	ranked	in	the	
upper	quintile,	i.e.	top	20%.	Between	median	
and	upper	quintile,	this	part	of	the	award	will	vest	
on	a	pro	rata	straight-line	basis.

In	respect	of	the	TSR	performance	for	awards	
granted	from	16	December	2013	to	3	February	
2015,	the	Company’s	TSR	performance	was	
measured	against	the	following	basket	of	
comparator	companies:

Bloomsbury Publishing
Centaur Media
Ebiquity
Haynes Publishing
Huntsworth
ITE Group
Johnston Press
M&C Saatchi
Pearson
Quarto Group
STV Group
Ten Alps
Trinity Mirror
Wilmington Group
youGov

period	was	-33%	for	the	total	Group	and	
TSR	performance	placed	the	Company	13th		
within	the	group	of	16	comparator	companies.	
Consequently,	the	PSP	award	granted	to	Zillah	
Byng-Thorne	and	the	remainder	of	the	PSP	
award	granted	to	Mark	Wood	on	16	December	
2013	will	lapse	in	their	entirety	on	16	December	
2016.

Performance against targets in respect of 
the 16 July 2014 award

The	movement	in	EPS	for	the	relevant	
measurement	period	was	-33%	for	the	
total	Group	and	TSR	performance	placed	
the	Company	13th	within	the	group	of	16	
comparator	companies.	Consequently,	the	PSP	
award	granted	to	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	on	16	July	
2014	will	lapse	in	its	entirety	on	16	July	2017.

Non-executive Directors’ remuneration

Non-executive	Directors	do	not	participate	
in	any	of	the	Company’s	share	incentive	
arrangements,	nor	do	they	receive	any	benefits.	
Their	fees	are	reviewed	every	three	years.	The	
Chairman’s	fees	are	set	by	the	Committee,	and	
those	for	the	non-executive	Directors	are	set	by	
the	Board	as	a	whole.	The	Chairman’s	fee	was	
reduced	from	£120,000	to	£95,000	with	effect	
from	1	January	2016.

Performance against targets in respect of 
the 17 December 2012 awards

Pension entitlements (audited)

The	Committee	exercised	its	discretion	to	
waive	the	requirement	for	Mark	Wood	to	remain	
employed	within	the	Group	at	the	vesting	date	
and	to	allow	the	award	to	vest	on	a	pro	rata	
basis	in	December	2015,	subject	to	the	relevant	
performance	criteria	having	been	met.	The	
movement	in	EPS	for	the	relevant	measurement	
period	was	-82%	for	the	total	Group	and	
TSR	performance	placed	the	Company	16th		
within	the	group	of	18	comparator	companies.	
Consequently,	the	remainder	of	the	PSP	award	
granted	to	Mark	Wood	on	17	December	2012	
lapsed	in	its	entirety	on	17	December	2015.

The	only	element	of	remuneration	that	is	
pensionable	is	basic	annual	salary,	excluding	
performance-related	bonuses	and	benefits	in	
kind.	Employer’s	pension	contributions	are	
payable	for	the	executive	Directors	at	a	rate	of	
12.5%	for	the	Chief	Executive	and	up	to	6%	for	
the	Chief	Financial	Officer.	With	effect	from	1	
July	2016,	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	receives	her	
entitlement	to	employer’s	pension	contributions	
in	cash	as	a	salary	supplement.	This	additional	
cash	payment	is	not	included	in	determining	
her	entitlement	to	any	performance-related	
bonus,	share-based	incentive	or	pension.	

Performance against targets in respect of 
the 16 December 2013 awards

The	Committee	exercised	its	discretion	to	
waive	the	requirement	for	Mark	Wood	to	remain	
employed	within	the	Group	at	the	vesting	date	
and	to	allow	the	award	to	vest	on	a	pro	rata	
basis	in	December	2016,	subject	to	the	relevant	
performance	criteria	having	been	met.	The	
movement	in	EPS	for	the	relevant	measurement	

The	liability	of	the	Company	in	respect	of	the	
executive	Directors’	pensions	amounts	to	£744	
as	at	30	September	2016.	Normal	retirement	
age	under	the	scheme	rules	is	75.	

Payments to past Directors (audited)

No	payments	were	made	to	any	past 	
Directors	during	the	financial	year	ended	30 	
September	2016.

Payments for loss of office (audited)

During	the	financial	year	to	30	September	2016	
no	payments	in	respect	of	loss	of	office	were	
made.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding 
and share interests (audited)

The	Company	has	a	policy	on	share	ownership	
by	executive	Directors	which	requires	that	any	
such	Director	should	accumulate	a	holding	in	
shares	over	a	five	year	period	from	appointment	
where	the	value	of	those	shares	represents	at	
least	one	times	salary.	

In	respect	of	Zillah	Byng-Thorne,	the	relevant	
five	year	period	commenced	on	1	November	
2013	and	will	end	on	31	October	2018.	As	
at	13	December	2016,	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	
has	a	holding	of	1,091,369	shares,	of	which	
191,738	were	purchased	at	a	price	of	7.75p	
on	16	July	2014,	185,018	were	purchased	at	a	
price	of	7.99p	on	21	November	2014,	44,613	
were	purchased	at	a	price	of	11.13p	on	18	
May	2015	and	670,000	were	purchased	at	a	
price	of	10.00p	on	27	November	2015	then	on	
4	December	2015	the	670,000	shares	were	
transferred	to	Zillah	Byng-Thorne’s	personal	
SIPP	by	way	of	an	on-market	sale	and	purchase	
at	a	price	of	11.00p.	

In	respect	of	Penny	Ladkin-Brand,	the	period	
commenced	on	3	August	2015	and	will	end	
on	2	August	2020.	As	at	13	December	2016,	
Penny	Ladkin-Brand	has	a	holding	of	391,146	
shares,	of	which	150,000	were	purchased	at	a	
price	of	10.00p	on	27	November	2015,	121,815	
shares	were	purchased	at	a	price	of	12.21p	on	
2	December	2016	and	119,331	shares	were	
purchased	by	her	husband	at	a	price	of	12.61p	
on	5	December	2016.

Details	of	Directors’	shareholdings	are	set	out	
on	page	20	of	the	Directors’	report.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

 
33

Future plc

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2016

Company performance

The	performance	graph	opposite	shows	the	
TSR	on	a	holding	of	shares	in	the	Company	
compared	with	the	FTSE	All	Share	Media	
Index	(UK	companies).	

The	following	is	a	list	of	the	companies	
currently	included	in	the	FTSE	All	Share	Media	
Index	(UK	companies):	

4 Imprint Group
Ascential
Auto Trader Group
Bloomsbury Publishing
Entertainment One (DI)
Euromoney Instl. Investor
Gocompare.com
Informa
ITE Group
ITV
Moneysupermarket.com GP

Share incentives awarded during the year (audited) 

PSP Grants

Pearson
RELX
Rightmove
STV Group
Sky
Tarsus Group
Trinity Mirror
UBM
WPP
Zoopla Property Group

Date of award

% salary

Value (£)

% vesting at 
min performance

No. shares 
awarded

Zillah	Byng-Thorne

30	November	2015

91%

£272,000

25%

2,500,000

Penny	Ladkin-Brand

30	November	2015

78%

£136,000

25%

1,250,000

Performance period

1	October	2015	–	30	
September	2018

1	October	2015	–	30	
September	2018

Notes:
1.	 The	value	of	the	PSP	awards	is	calculated	using	the	share	price	at	the	date	of	grant,	which	was	10.88p	per	share.
2.		The	PSP	awards	are	exercisable	at	nil	value.
3.		The	performance	conditions	attached	to	the	grant	of	the	above	awards	are	the	same	as	set	out	on	page	31.
4.	 The	percentage	vesting	at	minimum	performance	represents	the	25%	vesting	of	the	Net	Cash	Flow	element	and	the	25%	vesting	of	the	EPS	element	of	the	award.

Directors’ interests in share schemes (audited) 

Details	of	options	and	other	share	incentives	held	by	executive	Directors	and	movements	during	the	year	are	set	out	below,	including	details	of	the	
awards	made	during	the	year.

Price	
paid	
for 
grant

Earliest	 
exercise	date

Expiry	 
date

Exercise	
price per 
share	
(p)

Balance	at	
1	Oct	
2015

Granted	
during	the
year3

Vested	
during	the	
year

Lapsed	 
unexercised	
during	 
the	year

Balance at  
30 Sept 
2016

PSP1
Mark	Wood	4

Date	of	grant

17	Dec	2012

16	Dec	2013

Zillah	Byng-Thorne

16	Dec	2013

16	Jul	2014

30 Nov 2015

Penny	Ladkin-Brand

3	Aug	2015

30 Nov 2015

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

17	Dec	2015

16	Dec	2016

16	Dec	2016

16	July	2017

30 Nov 2018

3	Aug	2018

30 Nov 2018

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

678,159

156,022

2,000,000

2,500,000

-

-

-

-

-

2,500,000

1,647,834

-

-

1,250,000

Sharesave2
Zillah	Byng-Thorne

13	Dec	2013

Nil

1	Feb	2017

1	Aug	2017

13.0

69,230

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(678,159)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

156,022

2,000,000

2,500,000

2,500,000

1,647,834

1,250,000

69,230

Notes:
1.	 The	performance	criteria	which	apply	to	awards	granted	under	the	PSP	scheme	are	set	out	on	pages	31	and	32.	
2.	 Details	of	the	Sharesave	scheme,	which	has	no	performance	conditions,	are	set	out	in	note	24	on	page	74.	
3.	 The	market	price	at	the	time	of	grant	of	the	PSP	award	on	30	November	15	was	10.88p.	
4.			Following	the	termination	of	Mark	Wood’s	appointment	as	Chief	Executive	with	effect	from	1	April	2014,	the	Committee	exercised	its	discretion	to	waive	the	requirement	for	Mark	Wood	to	remain	in	

employment	on	the	vesting	date	of	the	PSP	awards	granted	to	him	during	his	appointment	as	Chief	Executive	and	to	allow	a	portion	of	the	PSP	awards	granted	to	him	on	18	January	2012,	17	
December	2012	and	16	December	2013	to	vest	as	normal	on	18	January	2015,	17	December	2015	and	16	December	2016	respectively	on	a	pro	rata	basis	(subject	to	the	relevant	performance	criteria	
being	met).	The	remaining	2,564,325	options	granted	on	18	January	2012	lapsed	on	18	January	2015	and	the	remaining	678,159	options	granted	on	17	December	2012	lapsed	on	17	December	2015	
since	the	relevant	performance	criteria	had	not	been	met.	The	156,022	options	granted	on	16	December	2013	will	lapse	on	16	December	2016,	since	the	relevant	performance	criteria	have	not	
been	met.

 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

34

Graph: Past eight financial years ended 30 September 2016

Total Shareholder Return: Rebased to Future plc as of 1 October 2008

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

Future	(rebased	to	100)	

FTSE	All-Share	Media	Index	(UK	companies)	(rebased	to	100)

Chief Executive pay during last eight years

year

2009	(Stevie	Spring)

2010	(Stevie	Spring)

2011	(Stevie	Spring)

2012	(Mark	Wood)

2013	(Mark	Wood)

2014	(Zillah	Byng-Thorne)

2015	(Zillah	Byng-Thorne)

2016	(Zillah	Byng-Thorne)

Chief Executive
 single figure
£’000

Bonus paid as %
of maximum

Share based incentives
 vesting as % of maximum

£423

£746

£546

£430

£331
£3066

£471

£347

0%

40%

0%

50%

0%

20%

36%

0%

100%1
48%2
100%3
0%4
0%4
0%5
0%5
0%5

Notes:
1.	 This	represents	shares	which	were	granted	as	part	of	an	exceptional	one-off	award	intended	to	aid	recruitment	and	retention.	The	award	was	not	subject	to	performance	criteria.
2.	 This	represents	the	first	tranche	of	a	deferred	bonus	share	award	which	was	not	subject	to	performance	criteria	and	the	PSP	award	granted	in	December	2006	which	partially	vested	in	December	2009		

following	the	partial	satisfaction	of	TSR	performance	criteria.

3.	 This	represents	the	second	tranche	of	a	deferred	bonus	share	award	which	was	not	subject	to	performance	criteria.	The	PSP	award	granted	in	December	2007	lapsed	in	December	2010.
4.	 The	first	awards	granted	to	Mark	Wood	under	the	PSP	were	granted	in	January	2012	and	lapsed	on	18	January	2015,	since	the	relevant	performance	criteria	were	not	met.
5.		 The	first	awards	granted	to	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	under	the	PSP	were	granted	in	December	2013	and	will	lapse	on	16	December	2016,	since	the	relevant	performance	criteria	were	not	met.
6.	 The	single	figure	for	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	for	2014	includes	five	months	of	her	Chief	Financial	Officer	salary	and	six	months	of	her	salary	as	Chief	Executive.

Percentage change in remuneration of Chief Executive

Salary

Benefits (inc pension)

Bonus

2016

2015

% change

2016

2015

% change

2016

2015

% change

Chief Executive

All employees

£300,000

£300,000

-

£47,000

£47,000

-

£38,491

£39,621

-2.9%

£3,022

£2,931

+3.1%

-

-

£127,980

£285

-100%

-100%

 
	
 
 
35

Future plc

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2016

Relative importance of spend on pay

The	relative	importance	of	the	spend	on	pay	for	the	business	is	shown	in	the	table	below.

Group	pay

Group	operating	costs	excluding	Group	pay	&	exceptional	costs

Capital	expenditure

Dividends

2016
£m

24.0

34.3

1.9

-

2015
£m

26.6

33.3

2.0

-

The	table	shows	the	actual	expenditure	of	the	Group,	and	change	between	the	current	and	previous	years,	on	remuneration	paid	to	all	employees	
compared	to	the	total	operating	costs	for	the	Group	excluding	exceptional	costs	and	remuneration,	and	investment	in	capital	expenditure	and	dividends.

Shareholder voting

At	the	last	Annual	General	Meeting,	votes	on	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2015	were	cast	as	follows:

Approval	of	Directors’	remuneration	report	for	2015

295,309,192

99.93

28,498

0.01

177,997

0.06

For

%

Discretionary

%

Against

%

Abstain

2,200

Implementation of remuneration policy in the year to 30 September 2017 

The	Remuneration	Committee	proposes	the	following	changes	to	the	implementaton	of	the	remuneration	policy	for	2017,	as	outlined	in	the	
Remuneration	policy	report	on	pages	36	to	39,	subject	to	shareholder	approval	at	the	Company’s	AGM	on	1	February	2017.		

Element

Operation of element

Max. potential value

Base	salary

No	change

Zillah	Byng-Thorne’s	salary	as	Chief	Executive	
increased	to	£350,000	with	effect	from	21	
October	2016.	Penny	Ladkin-Brand’s	salary	as	
Chief	Financial	Officer	increased	to	£250,000	
with	effect	from	1	October	2016.

Benefits

No	change

No	change

Annual	Bonus

No	change

No	change1

PSP

No	change

The	Committee	recommends	an	increase	
in	the	maximum	value	of	a	one-off	award	in	
exceptional	circumstances	from	200%	to	400%	
of	basic	annual	salary.

Performance,  
weighting & time

No	change

No	change

A	‘profit	pool’	style	bonus	is	proposed	for	2017,	
with	a	maximum	of	45%	of	salary	for	both	the	
Chief	Executive	and	the	Chief	Financial	Officer	
subject	to	the	achievement	of	certain	financial	
targets.

The	Committee	intends	to	amend	the	
performance	targets	for	awards	made	in	2017,	
in	consultation	with	major	shareholders.	The	
Committee	proposes	retaining	the	weighting	but	
changing	the	performance	metrics	to	50%	based	
on	profit	performance	and	50%	based	on	share	
price	performance.

Pension

No	change

No	change

No	change

Notes:
1.		 Performance	targets	for	the	Annual	Bonus	for	2017	are	not	disclosed	due	to	their	commercial	sensitivity.	

Advisers to the Remuneration Committee

Ernst	and	Young	LLP	was	appointed	during	2016	by	the	HR	director,	with	the	consent	of	the	Committee,	to	advise	the	Committee	in	respect	of	various	
share	incentive	issues.	

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code

The	Board	has	complied	fully	with	the	provisions	of	Section	D	of	the	UK	Corporate	Governance	Code	in	relation	to	Directors’	remuneration	policy	and	
practice,	and	has	followed	Schedule	A	to	the	Code	in	relation	to	performance-related	remuneration	policy.	Further	information	regarding	the	Company’s	
approach	to	corporate	governance	is	set	out	on	pages	23	to	28.	

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

36

Remuneration policy report

The	policy	set	out	below	is	intended	to	apply	for	all	financial	years	
beginning	on	or	after	1	October	2016	to	30	September	2019,	subject	
to	shareholder	approval	at	the	Company’s	Annual	General	Meeting	on	
1	February	2017	and	shall	take	effect	following	the	conclusion	of	the	
2017	AGM.

The	Committee	considers	the	remuneration	
policy	annually	to	ensure	that	it	remains 	
aligned	with	the	Group’s	business	needs	
and	is	appropriately	positioned	relative	to	
the	market.	However,	there	is	no	intention 	
to	put	the	policy	forward	to	shareholders	for 	
approval	more	frequently	than	every	three	
years	unless	an	amendment	is	proposed.

Approach to recruitment  
remuneration for executive and  
non-executive Directors

The	Committee’s	objective	at	the	time	of	
an	appointment	to	a	new	role	is	to	weight	
executive	Directors’	remuneration	packages	
towards	performance-related	pay,	with	
performance-related	targets	linked	to	financial	
performance	of	the	Group	against	budget	and	
the	Group’s	performance	against	business	
objectives	and	its	stated	strategy.	

Any	new	executive	Director’s	remuneration	
package	would	include	the	same	elements	as	
those	of	the	existing	executive	Directors,	as	
shown	in	the	next	column.

Element of remuneration

Maximum % of salary

Salary

Benefits

Pension

Not	higher	than	
market	value

Dependent	on	
circumstances

12.5%	of	basic	
annual	salary

Performance-	 
related	bonus2

Share	incentive	
schemes1

150%

100%	

Notes:
1.	PSP	scheme	rules	provide	for	awards	of	up	to	100%	of	basic	
annual	salary,	save	in	exceptional	circumstances	where	the	
Committee	is	allowed	discretion	to	award	up	to	400%	of	basic	
annual	salary.	

2.	The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	make	one-off	sign	on	

payments	or	to	grant	awards	under	the	share-based	incentive	
scheme	of	up	to	200%	of	basic	annual	salary	to	the	extent	
that	it	is	necessary	to	recruit	a	high	calibre	individual,	or	to	
compensate	the	individual	for	loss	of	bonus	or	other	incentive	
awards	granted	by	the	previous	employer.

3.	In	the	event	of	an	internal	promotion,	any	commitments	made	
by	the	Company	to	an	internal	candidate	shall	be	honoured	
even	if	it	would	otherwise	be	inconsistent	with	the	policy.
4.	If	the	Director	is	required	to	relocate	then	the	policy	is	to	
provide	reasonable	relocation,	travel	and	subsistence	
payments	at	the	discretion	of	the	Committee.

In	determining	the	level	and	make-up	of	executive	
Directors’	remuneration,	the	Committee	carefully	
considers	the	following	issues:

(a)	Remuneration	packages	offered	to	executive	
Directors	should	be	competitive	with	those	
available	for	comparable	roles	in	companies	
operating	in	similar	markets	and	on	a	similar	

scale.	They	should	be	sufficiently	desirable	so	
as	to	attract,	retain	and	motivate	high	calibre	
Directors	to	perform	at	the	highest	levels,	whilst	
at	the	same	time	ensuring	that	recruitment	and	
remuneration	expenditure	is	not	excessive	and	
does	not	encourage	excessive	risk-taking.	

(b)	The	interests	of	executive	Directors	should	be	
aligned	with	those	of	shareholders	by	ensuring	
that	a	significant	proportion	of	remuneration	is	
linked	to	Group	performance.

(c)	Remuneration	packages	and	employment	

conditions	of	executive	Directors	are	
considered	in	conjunction	with	both	those	of	
key	senior	managers	(keeping	succession	
planning	in	mind)	and	all	employees	in	
the	Group	in	order	to	achieve	a	consistent	
remuneration	policy	across	the	Group.	The	
Committee	has	given	particular	attention	to	
ensuring	that	the	remuneration	packages	of	
the	key	senior	managers	recruited	during	the	
year	are	aligned	with	those	of	the	executive	
Directors.

(d)	Bonus	potential	and	share	scheme	awards	that	

are	capped	at	a	percentage	of	salary	are	
restricted	if	salaries	are	low.

(e)	Subjective	criteria	are	applied	to	an	element	

of	the	performance-related	bonus	of	the	Chief	
Executive	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	(with	a	
financial	underpin)	in	order	to	ensure	that	the	
Committee	retains	discretion	and	to	
ensure	no	performance-	related	bonus	is	
unjustly	received.		

Service contracts and payments for loss of office 

Executive Directors 

Contract provision

Notice	periods

Compensation	for	loss	of	office

Treatment	of	share	incentives
on	termination

Change	of	control

Non-executive Directors

Notice	periods

Policy

Details

Director	or	Company	shall	be	entitled	to	serve	
6	months’	notice	(in	Penny	Ladkin-Brand’s	case)	
or	12	months’	notice	(in	Zillah	Byng-Thorne’s	case).

A	Director	may	be	required	to	work	during	their	
notice	period	or	be	put	on	garden	leave.

Director	shall	be	entitled	to	receive	6	months’	salary	
(in	Penny	Ladkin-Brand’s	case)	or	12	months’	
salary	(in	Zillah	Byng-Thorne’s	case)	and	benefits	
during	any	unexpired	notice	period.

While	service	agreements	allow	for	monthly	
payments	during	notice	period	which	are	subject	
to	mitigation,	the	Committee	retains	discretion	to	
make	payments	in	such	manner	as	is	deemed	
appropriate,	particularly	by	reference	to	the	
circumstances	of	the	loss	of	office.

Incentives	will	lapse	or	vest	at	the	Committee’s	
discretion,	subject	to	performance	criteria	being	
met	and	the	rules	of	the	scheme.

The	Committee	has	discretion	to	allow	awards	
to	vest	partially	or	in	full	on	termination,	or	to	
preserve	awards.	

In	the	event	of	a	change	of	control,	a	Director	 
may	terminate	their	appointment	on	serving	no	
less	than	1	month’s	notice.

In	the	event	of	termination	by	either	the	
Director	or	the	Company,	the	Director	will	be	
entitled	to	receive	6	months’	salary.

3	months’	notice	from	either	Company
or	Director.

Appointed	for	a	three	year	term,	subject	to	
annual	re-election	by	shareholders	at	the	
Company’s	AGM.

Copies	of	Directors’	service	agreements	and	letters	of	appointment	are	available	for	inspection	on	request	at	the	Company’s	registered	office.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

 
37

Future plc

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2016

Remuneration table

Executive Directors 

Element

Operation

Objective & link to strategy

Max. potential value

Performance measures

Changes for 2017

Basic annual salary

Basic	annual	salary	is	paid	in	12	equal	monthly	instalments	during	the	year	and	is	reviewed	annually.	
When	assessing	the	level	of	basic	annual	salary,	the	Committee	takes	into	account	performance,	market	
conditions,	remuneration	of	equivalent	roles	within	comparable	companies,	the	size	and	scale	of	the	
business	and	pay	in	the	Group	as	a	whole.	

To	recruit,	retain	and	motivate	individuals	of	high	calibre, 	
and	reflect	the	skills,	experience	and	contribution	of	the 	
relevant	Director.

Benefits

Pension

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	pay	a	salary	supplement	to	an	executive	Director	for	fulfilling	the	role	
of	another	higher	paid	executive	Director	when	that	executive	Director	leaves	the	Company.

Current	benefits	available	to	executive	Directors	are	car	allowance,	permanent	health	insurance,	
healthcare	and	life	assurance.	Additional	benefits	may	be	offered	if	applicable	and	subject	to	the	
maximum	value	of	all	benefits	not	exceeding	the	maximum	potential	value	set	by	the	Committee.

To	ensure	broad	competitiveness	with	market	practice.

The	Company	shall	continue	to	provide	benefits	to	executive	

Not	applicable.

The	Company	shall	make	a	contribution	up	to	a	maximum	percentage	of	basic	annual	
salary	(currently	12.5%	for	the	Chief	Executive	and	6%	for	the	Chief	Financial	Officer).

To	ensure	broad	competitiveness	with	market	practice.

Total	cost	annually	shall	not	exceed	15%	of	basic	annual	salary.

Not	applicable.

Current	basic	annual	salary	of	Chief	Executive	is	£350,000	and	Chief	

Not	applicable.

Financial	Officer	is	£250,000.	

Salary	increases	shall	generally	reflect	market	conditions,	

performance	of	the	individual,	new	challenges	or	a	new	strategic	

direction	for	the	business.	Similarly,	the	Committee	may	approve	a	

higher	basic	annual	salary	for	a	newly	appointed	Director	than	the	

outgoing	Director	received	where	it	considers	it	necessary	in	order	to	

recruit	an	individual	of	sufficient	calibre	for	the	role.

Directors	at	similar	levels;	where	insurance	cover	is	provided	by	the	

Company,	that	cover	shall	be	maintained	at	a	similar	level	and	the	

Company	shall	pay	the	then	current	market	rates	for	such	cover.

Performance- 
related bonus1

Targets	are	set	annually	by	the	Committee,	based	on	(i)	financial	performance	against	budget	and,	at	
the	Committee’s	discretion,	(ii)	individual	subjective	performance	targets	which	are	determined	for	each	
executive	Director.	

Designed	to	reward	delivery	of	shareholder	value	and	
implementation	of	the	Group’s	strategy.

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	set	the	financial	targets	based	on	the	performance	during	the	
previous	financial	year	and	the	budget	for	the	forthcoming	year,	and	performance	of	the	individual	
against	their	specific	subjective	performance	targets.

For	both	the	Chief	Executive	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	the	

The	performance	measures,	relative	weightings	and	targets	are	set	annually	by	

No	change.

Committee	retains	discretion	to	vary	the	potential	total	maximum	

the	Committee.	Details	of	the	measures	and	their	relative	weightings	are	disclosed	

bonus,	the	weighting	of	the	variable	elements	and	the	stretch	of	

annually	in	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	with	the	targets	disclosed	provided	

the	targets	in	order	to	incentivise	or	recruit	executive	Directors,	

they	are	not	deemed	to	be	commercially	sensitive.	The	Committee	retains	discretion	

provided	that	the	total	maximum	potential	bonus	for	any	one	

to	adjust	the	targets	if	events	occur	which	lead	it	to	conclude	that	they	are	no	longer	

year	shall	not	exceed	150%	of	basic	annual	salary	and	that	the	

appropriate.

maximum	bonus	shall	only	be	payable	for	over	performance.

The	Committee	also	retains	discretion	to	adjust	the	outcome	of	the	performance-

related	bonus	for	any	performance	measure	if	it	considers	that	to	be	appropriate.

Long term 
share-based 
incentive2

Annual	awards	to	executive	Directors	of	up	to	a	maximum	of	1x	basic	annual	salary,	with	discretion	to	
award	up	to	a	maximum	of	4x	basic	annual	salary	in	exceptional	circumstances,	e.g.	recruitment	of	a	
Director	or	to	“buy	out”	awards	granted	by	prior	employer.	

Designed	to	reward	delivery	of	shareholder	value	in	the 	
medium-to-long	term.

The	scheme	rules	allow	the	Committee	discretion	to	change	the	performance	targets	and	the	
Committee	shall	be	entitled	to	exercise	its	discretion	to	change	performance	criteria	to	the	extent	that	
it	reflects	market	practice	and/or	the	Committee	considers	alternative	performance	targets	to	be	more	
appropriate	to	the	business.

Value	of	grant	as	a	maximum	percentage	of	salary	is	100%	of	basic	

The	performance	targets	are	set	annually	by	the	Committee	and	disclosed	annually	in	

A	higher	maximum	for	the	value	of	one-off 	

annual	salary,	however	in	exceptional	circumstances	the	Committee	

the	Directors’	remuneration	report	provided	they	are	not	deemed	to	be	commercially	

awards	in	exceptional	circumstances	under	

retains	discretion	to	grant	one-off	awards	of	a	value	up	to	400%	of	

sensitive.

basic	annual	salary.

Awards	vest	at	the	end	of	the	three-year	performance	period,	when	the	Committee	will	

assess	performance	against	the	targets	set	and	determine,	in	its	absolute	discretion,	

The	Committee	intends	to	make	a	one-off 	

the	overall	level	of	vesting	of	the	award.

All-employee share plans

The	Company	operates	a	Share	Incentive	Plan	(“SIP”)	in	the	UK	which	qualifies	for	tax	benefits.

To	encourage	share	ownership	by	employees	and	align	their 	
interests	with	those	of	the	shareholders.

The	maximum	participation	levels	for	all-employee	share	plans	will	

Not	applicable.

be	the	limits	set	out	in	UK	tax	legislation.

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	allow	executive	Directors	to	participate	in	the	SIP	on	the	same	
terms	as	other	employees.

Notes to the table
1.	 	Performance-related	bonus	targets:	The	performance	targets	are	determined	annually	by	the	Committee	and	are	designed	to	align	executive	Directors’	interests	with	those	of	the	Company’s	

shareholders	and	to	reward	good	performance	by	the	Company.	Financial	targets	are	set	by	reference	to	the	Company’s	budget	for	the	relevant	financial	year,	and	individual	performance	targets	are	
set	by	reference	to	the	Company’s	strategy	and	goals	for	the	relevant	financial	year.	The	targets	for	the	financial	year	to	30	September	2017	are	not	disclosed	here	due	to	their	commercial	sensitivity.			

2.	 PSP	performance	targets:	additional	details	of	the	performance	criteria	attaching	to	PSP	awards	granted	to	date	are	set	out	on	page	31.

Non-executive Directors 

Element

Fees1

Operation

Non-executive	Directors’	fees	are	reviewed	every	three	years	and	paid	in	12	monthly	instalments.	 
Current	fees	were	set	in	2011.

Objective & link to strategy

Reflects	the	time	commitment	and	responsibilities	of	the	roles.

Performance measures

Not	applicable.

Changes for 2017

No	change,	since	Peter	Allen’s	fee	as	

Chairman	remains	at	£95,000.

Max. potential value

Chairman:	£120,000

Deputy	Chairman:	£65,000

Other	non-executive	Directors:	£40,000

Additional	fees	payable:

Chairman	of	Committee:	£5,000

Senior	independent	Director:	£5,000

Member	of	Committee:	Nil

Notes to the table
1.	 	Fees	are	paid	at	a	standard	annual	rate	to	reflect	the	time,	commitment	and	responsibilities	of	the	roles,	with	additional	fees	paid	to	those	who	chair	Board	Committees	to	reflect	their	additional	

responsibilities.	Separately,	the	Board	sets	the	fee	payable	to	the	Chairman	of	the	Board.	Additional	fees	for	chairing	a	Committee	apply	only	once,	regardless	of	the	number	of	Committees	of	which	a	
non-executive	Director	is	Chairman.	Non-executive	Directors	are	not	included	in	any	performance-related	bonus,	share	incentive	schemes	or	pension	arrangements.	

Basic	annual	salary	for	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	

increased	to	£350,000	with	effect	from	21	

October	2016	(being	the	completion	date	of	

the	acquisition	of	Imagine	Publishing)	and	for	

Penny	Ladkin-Brand	increased	to	£250,000	with	

effect	from	1	October	2016	as	a	result	of	market	

benchmarking.

No	change.

No	change.

the	Plan	of	400%	of	basic	annual	salary	is 	

proposed.

award,	in	two	tranches,	to	the	executive 	

Directors	at	a	value	of	400%	of	basic	annual 	

salary,	subject	to	shareholder	approval	of	

the	policy	at	the	2017	AGM.	The	first	tranche, 	

at	a	value	of	200%	of	salary,	was	awarded 	

in	November	2016	with	the	second	tranche 	

of	a	further	200%	of	salary	to	be	awarded 	

following	the	AGM	in	February	2017.

No	change.

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

38

Remuneration table

Executive Directors 

Element

Operation

Objective & link to strategy

Max. potential value

Basic annual salary

Basic	annual	salary	is	paid	in	12	equal	monthly	instalments	during	the	year	and	is	reviewed	annually.	

To	recruit,	retain	and	motivate	individuals	of	high	calibre, 	

When	assessing	the	level	of	basic	annual	salary,	the	Committee	takes	into	account	performance,	market	

and	reflect	the	skills,	experience	and	contribution	of	the 	

conditions,	remuneration	of	equivalent	roles	within	comparable	companies,	the	size	and	scale	of	the	

relevant	Director.

business	and	pay	in	the	Group	as	a	whole.	

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	pay	a	salary	supplement	to	an	executive	Director	for	fulfilling	the	role	

of	another	higher	paid	executive	Director	when	that	executive	Director	leaves	the	Company.

Current	basic	annual	salary	of	Chief	Executive	is	£350,000	and	Chief	
Financial	Officer	is	£250,000.	
Salary	increases	shall	generally	reflect	market	conditions,	
performance	of	the	individual,	new	challenges	or	a	new	strategic	
direction	for	the	business.	Similarly,	the	Committee	may	approve	a	
higher	basic	annual	salary	for	a	newly	appointed	Director	than	the	
outgoing	Director	received	where	it	considers	it	necessary	in	order	to	
recruit	an	individual	of	sufficient	calibre	for	the	role.

Performance measures

Not	applicable.

Benefits

Current	benefits	available	to	executive	Directors	are	car	allowance,	permanent	health	insurance,	

To	ensure	broad	competitiveness	with	market	practice.

healthcare	and	life	assurance.	Additional	benefits	may	be	offered	if	applicable	and	subject	to	the	

maximum	value	of	all	benefits	not	exceeding	the	maximum	potential	value	set	by	the	Committee.

The	Company	shall	continue	to	provide	benefits	to	executive	
Directors	at	similar	levels;	where	insurance	cover	is	provided	by	the	
Company,	that	cover	shall	be	maintained	at	a	similar	level	and	the	
Company	shall	pay	the	then	current	market	rates	for	such	cover.

Not	applicable.

Pension

The	Company	shall	make	a	contribution	up	to	a	maximum	percentage	of	basic	annual	

salary	(currently	12.5%	for	the	Chief	Executive	and	6%	for	the	Chief	Financial	Officer).

To	ensure	broad	competitiveness	with	market	practice.

Total	cost	annually	shall	not	exceed	15%	of	basic	annual	salary.

Not	applicable.

Performance- 

related bonus1

Targets	are	set	annually	by	the	Committee,	based	on	(i)	financial	performance	against	budget	and,	at	

Designed	to	reward	delivery	of	shareholder	value	and	

the	Committee’s	discretion,	(ii)	individual	subjective	performance	targets	which	are	determined	for	each	

implementation	of	the	Group’s	strategy.

executive	Director.	

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	set	the	financial	targets	based	on	the	performance	during	the	

previous	financial	year	and	the	budget	for	the	forthcoming	year,	and	performance	of	the	individual	

against	their	specific	subjective	performance	targets.

Long term 

share-based 

incentive2

Annual	awards	to	executive	Directors	of	up	to	a	maximum	of	1x	basic	annual	salary,	with	discretion	to	

Designed	to	reward	delivery	of	shareholder	value	in	the 	

award	up	to	a	maximum	of	4x	basic	annual	salary	in	exceptional	circumstances,	e.g.	recruitment	of	a	

medium-to-long	term.

Director	or	to	“buy	out”	awards	granted	by	prior	employer.	

The	scheme	rules	allow	the	Committee	discretion	to	change	the	performance	targets	and	the	

Committee	shall	be	entitled	to	exercise	its	discretion	to	change	performance	criteria	to	the	extent	that	

it	reflects	market	practice	and/or	the	Committee	considers	alternative	performance	targets	to	be	more	

appropriate	to	the	business.

For	both	the	Chief	Executive	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	the	
Committee	retains	discretion	to	vary	the	potential	total	maximum	
bonus,	the	weighting	of	the	variable	elements	and	the	stretch	of	
the	targets	in	order	to	incentivise	or	recruit	executive	Directors,	
provided	that	the	total	maximum	potential	bonus	for	any	one	
year	shall	not	exceed	150%	of	basic	annual	salary	and	that	the	
maximum	bonus	shall	only	be	payable	for	over	performance.

Value	of	grant	as	a	maximum	percentage	of	salary	is	100%	of	basic	
annual	salary,	however	in	exceptional	circumstances	the	Committee	
retains	discretion	to	grant	one-off	awards	of	a	value	up	to	400%	of	
basic	annual	salary.

The	performance	measures,	relative	weightings	and	targets	are	set	annually	by	
the	Committee.	Details	of	the	measures	and	their	relative	weightings	are	disclosed	
annually	in	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	with	the	targets	disclosed	provided	
they	are	not	deemed	to	be	commercially	sensitive.	The	Committee	retains	discretion	
to	adjust	the	targets	if	events	occur	which	lead	it	to	conclude	that	they	are	no	longer	
appropriate.

The	Committee	also	retains	discretion	to	adjust	the	outcome	of	the	performance-
related	bonus	for	any	performance	measure	if	it	considers	that	to	be	appropriate.

The	performance	targets	are	set	annually	by	the	Committee	and	disclosed	annually	in	
the	Directors’	remuneration	report	provided	they	are	not	deemed	to	be	commercially	
sensitive.

Awards	vest	at	the	end	of	the	three-year	performance	period,	when	the	Committee	will	
assess	performance	against	the	targets	set	and	determine,	in	its	absolute	discretion,	
the	overall	level	of	vesting	of	the	award.

All-employee share plans

The	Company	operates	a	Share	Incentive	Plan	(“SIP”)	in	the	UK	which	qualifies	for	tax	benefits.

To	encourage	share	ownership	by	employees	and	align	their 	

interests	with	those	of	the	shareholders.

The	maximum	participation	levels	for	all-employee	share	plans	will	
be	the	limits	set	out	in	UK	tax	legislation.

Not	applicable.

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	allow	executive	Directors	to	participate	in	the	SIP	on	the	same	

terms	as	other	employees.

Changes for 2017

Basic	annual	salary	for	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	
increased	to	£350,000	with	effect	from	21	
October	2016	(being	the	completion	date	of	
the	acquisition	of	Imagine	Publishing)	and	for	
Penny	Ladkin-Brand	increased	to	£250,000	with	
effect	from	1	October	2016	as	a	result	of	market	
benchmarking.

No	change.

No	change.

No	change.

A	higher	maximum	for	the	value	of	one-off 	
awards	in	exceptional	circumstances	under	
the	Plan	of	400%	of	basic	annual	salary	is 	
proposed.

The	Committee	intends	to	make	a	one-off 	
award,	in	two	tranches,	to	the	executive 	
Directors	at	a	value	of	400%	of	basic	annual 	
salary,	subject	to	shareholder	approval	of	
the	policy	at	the	2017	AGM.	The	first	tranche, 	
at	a	value	of	200%	of	salary,	was	awarded 	
in	November	2016	with	the	second	tranche 	
of	a	further	200%	of	salary	to	be	awarded 	
following	the	AGM	in	February	2017.

No	change.

Non-executive Directors 

Element

Fees1

Operation

Current	fees	were	set	in	2011.

Non-executive	Directors’	fees	are	reviewed	every	three	years	and	paid	in	12	monthly	instalments.	 

Reflects	the	time	commitment	and	responsibilities	of	the	roles.

Objective & link to strategy

Notes to the table

1.	 	Fees	are	paid	at	a	standard	annual	rate	to	reflect	the	time,	commitment	and	responsibilities	of	the	roles,	with	additional	fees	paid	to	those	who	chair	Board	Committees	to	reflect	their	additional	

responsibilities.	Separately,	the	Board	sets	the	fee	payable	to	the	Chairman	of	the	Board.	Additional	fees	for	chairing	a	Committee	apply	only	once,	regardless	of	the	number	of	Committees	of	which	a	

non-executive	Director	is	Chairman.	Non-executive	Directors	are	not	included	in	any	performance-related	bonus,	share	incentive	schemes	or	pension	arrangements.	

3.		 	All	employees	of	the	Group	receive	a	basic	annual	salary,	benefits,	pension	and	annual	bonus	(subject	to	financial	performance).	The	maximum	value	of	remuneration	packages	is	based	on	the	

seniority	and	responsibilities	of	the	relevant	role.	Discretionary	share	incentives	are	not	awarded	to	employees	other	than	executive	Directors	and	senior	managers,	however	the	Company	introduced	
a	Share	Incentive	Plan	in	2015	in	order	to	encourage	active	employee	share	ownership.

Max. potential value

Chairman:	£120,000
Deputy	Chairman:	£65,000
Other	non-executive	Directors:	£40,000
Additional	fees	payable:
Chairman	of	Committee:	£5,000
Senior	independent	Director:	£5,000
Member	of	Committee:	Nil

Performance measures

Not	applicable.

Changes for 2017

No	change,	since	Peter	Allen’s	fee	as	
Chairman	remains	at	£95,000.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

 
39

Future plc

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2016

Total remuneration scenarios

Zillah Byng-Thorne

Salary,	pension	 
&	benefits

Bonus	

PSP	

£912,000

Penny Ladkin-Brand

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

£833,000

£754,000

%
6
4

%
4
5

%
2
5

%
8
4

%
6
5

%
4
4

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

£557,000
%
0
2

%
3
3

%
7
4

£388,000
%
2
3

%
8
6

£727,000

%
1
3

%
3
3

%
6
3

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Notes:
1.	Annual	salary	is	based	on	basic	salary	for	the	financial	year	ending	30	September	2017.	
2.	The	value	of	pension	is	determined	as	a	percentage	of	salary,	based	on	salary	for	2017.	The	value	of	benefits	in	kind	is	calculated	on	

the	basis	of	the	value	for	2016.	

3.	The	remuneration	scenarios	above	include	a	transaction	bonus,	amounting	to	100%	of	basic	annual	salary	for	the	Chief	Executive	

and	50%	of	basic	annual	salary	for	the	Chief	Financial	Officer,	paid	following	the	successful	completion	of	the	acquisition	of	Imagine	
Publishing	in	October	2016.	

4.	On-target	performance	would	deliver	50%	of	the	maximum	annual	bonus	for	the	Chief	Executive	and	the	Chief	Financial	Officer.	
Maximum	performance	would	result	in	the	maximum	annual	bonus	payment	of	45%	of	basic	annual	salary	for	both	the	Chief	
Executive	and	the	Chief	Financial	Officer.

5.	The	final	year	of	the	performance	period	in	respect	of	both	EPS	and	Net	Cash	Flow	targets	for	the	PSP	award	granted	to	Penny	

Ladkin-Brand	in	August	2015	is	the	year	ending	30	September	2017.	On-target	performance	assumes	that	50%	of	the	awards	would	
vest	while	maximum	performance	would	result	in	100%	of	the	awards	vesting.	The	value	of	the	shares	that	would	vest	has	been	
calculated	using	a	share	price	of	13.75p	per	share	being	the	latest	available	share	price.

Consideration of employee conditions 
within the Group

The	Committee	takes	into	consideration	the	
pay	and	conditions	of	employees	across	the	
Group	when	determining	remuneration	for	
executive	Directors.		

All	employees	receive	a	basic	annual	salary,	
benefits	and	an	entitlement	to	receive	a	bonus,	
subject	to	financial	performance,	under	the	
Group’s	profit	improvement	scheme.	

Discretionary	share	incentive	awards	are	
granted	to	certain	senior	managers	under	the	
PSP	and	DABS	schemes,	the	details	of	which	
are	set	out	at	note	24	on	page	74.	During	2015	
the	Group	introduced	a	Share	Incentive	Plan	
to	replace	the	Sharesave	scheme,	in	order	to	
encourage	active	employee	share	ownership.

Consideration of shareholder views

The	Remuneration	Committee	considers	
shareholder	feedback	received	as	part	of	any	
discussions	with	shareholders	and	consults	
with	shareholders	on	specific	matters	as	and	
when	appropriate.

Approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	signed	
on	its	behalf	by:

Manjit Wolstenholme
Chairman	of	the	Remuneration	Committee		
13	December	2016

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

40

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

 
41

Future plc

Independent 
auditors’ report 

Independent auditors’ report to 
the members of Future plc

Report on the financial statements 

Our opinion

In our opinion:

•	

	Future	plc’s	Group	financial	statements	
and	Company	financial	statements	(the	
“financial	statements”)	give	a	true	and	fair 	
view	of	the	state	of	the	Group’s	and	of	the 	
Company’s	affairs	as	at	30	September	2016 	
and	of	the	Group’s	loss	and	the	Group’s 	
and	the	Company’s	cash	flows	for	the	year 	
then	ended;

•		 the	Group	financial	statements	have	

been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	
International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	
(“IFRSs”)	as	adopted	by	the	European	
Union;

•	

•	

the	Company	financial	statements	have	
been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	
IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union	
and	as	applied	in	accordance	with	the	
provisions	of	the	Companies	Act	2006;	and

the	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	
in	accordance	with	the	requirements	of	the	
Companies	Act	2006	and,	as	regards	the	
Group	financial	statements,	Article	4	of	the	
IAS	Regulation.

What we have audited

The	financial	statements,	included	within	the	
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	(the	“Annual	
Report”),	comprise:

•		 the	Consolidated	balance	sheet	and	

Company	balance	sheet	as	at	30	September	
2016;

•		 the	Consolidated	income	statement	and	

Consolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	
income	for	the	year	then	ended;

•	

•	

the	Consolidated	and	Company	cash	flow	
statements	for	the	year	then	ended;

the	Consolidated	statement	of	changes	in	
equity	and	the	Company	statement	of	
changes	in	equity	for	the	year	then	ended;

•	

the	Accounting	policies;	and

•	

the	Notes	to	the	financial	statements,	which	
include	other	explanatory	information.

The	financial	reporting	framework	that	has	
been	applied	in	the	preparation	of	the	financial	
statements	is	IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	
European	Union	and,	as	regards	the	Company	
financial	statements,	as	applied	in	accordance	
with	the	provisions	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	
and	applicable	law.

In	applying	the	financial	reporting	framework,	
the	Directors	have	made	a	number	of	
subjective	judgements,	for	example	in	respect	
of	significant	accounting	estimates.	In	making	
such	estimates,	they	have	made	assumptions	
and	considered	future	events.

Opinions on other 
matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006

In our opinion:

•	

•	

	the	information	given	in	the	Strategic	Report	
and	the	Directors’	report	for	the	financial	
year	for	which	the	financial	statements	are	
prepared	is	consistent	with	the	financial	
statements.

	the	part	of	the	Directors’	remuneration	
report	to	be	audited	has	been	properly 	
prepared	in	accordance	with	the	
Companies	Act	2006.

Other matters on which we 
are required to report by 
exception

Adequacy of accounting records and 
information and explanations received

Under	the	Companies	Act	2006	we	are	
required	to	report	to	you	if,	in	our	opinion:

•	

	we	have	not	received	all	the	information	and	
explanations	we	require	for	our	audit;	or

•	 adequate	accounting	records	have	not	been	
kept	by	the	Company,	or	returns	adequate	
for	our	audit	have	not	been	received	from	
branches	not	visited	by	us;	or

•	

the	Company	financial	statements	and	
the	part	of	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	
to	be	audited	are	not	in	agreement	with	the	
accounting	records	and	returns.

We	have	no	exceptions	to	report	arising	from	
this	responsibility.

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

42

•	 whether	the	accounting	policies	are	
appropriate	to	the	Group’s	and	the	
Company’s	circumstances	and	have	
been	consistently	applied	and	adequately	
disclosed;	

•	

•	

the	reasonableness	of	significant	accounting	
estimates	made	by	the	Directors;	and

the	overall	presentation	of	the	financial	
statements.	

We	primarily	focus	our	work	in	these	areas	
by	assessing	the	Directors’	judgements	
against	available	evidence,	forming	our	own	
judgements,	and	evaluating	the	disclosures	in	
the	financial	statements.

We	test	and	examine	information,	using	
sampling	and	other	auditing	techniques,	to	
the	extent	we	consider	necessary	to	provide	a	
reasonable	basis	for	us	to	draw	conclusions.	
We	obtain	audit	evidence	through	testing	
the	effectiveness	of	controls,	substantive	
procedures	or	a	combination	of	both.	

In	addition,	we	read	all	the	financial	and	non-
financial	information	in	the	Annual	Report	
to	identify	material	inconsistencies	with	the	
audited	financial	statements	and	to	identify	
any	information	that	is	apparently	materially	
incorrect	based	on,	or	materially	inconsistent	
with,	the	knowledge	acquired	by	us	in	the	
course	of	performing	the	audit.	If	we	become	
aware	of	any	apparent	material	misstatements	
or	inconsistencies	we	consider	the	implications	
for	our	report.

Colin	Bates	(Senior	Statutory	Auditor)
for	and	on	behalf	of	
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP
Chartered	Accountants	and	Statutory	Auditors
Bristol
13	December	2016

Directors’ remuneration

Under	the	Companies	Act	2006	we	are	required	
to	report	to	you	if,	in	our	opinion,	certain	
disclosures	of	Directors’	remuneration	specified	
by	law	are	not	made.	We	have	no	exceptions	to	
report	arising	from	this	responsibility.	

Responsibilities for the 
financial statements and  
the audit

Our responsibilities and those of  
the Directors

As	explained	more	fully	in	the	Statement	of	
Directors’	responsibilities	set	out	on	page	22,	
the	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	preparation	
of	the	financial	statements	and	for	being	
satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view.

Our	responsibility	is	to	audit	and	express	
an	opinion	on	the	financial	statements	
in	accordance	with	applicable	law	and	
International	Standards	on	Auditing	(UK	
and	Ireland)	(“ISAs	(UK	&	Ireland)”).	Those	
standards	require	us	to	comply	with	the	
Auditing	Practices	Board’s	Ethical	Standards	for	
Auditors.

This	report,	including	the	opinions,	has	been	
prepared	for	and	only	for	the	Company’s	
members	as	a	body	in	accordance	with	Chapter	
3	of	Part	16	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	and	for	
no	other	purpose.	We	do	not,	in	giving	these	
opinions,	accept	or	assume	responsibility	for	
any	other	purpose	or	to	any	other	person	to	
whom	this	report	is	shown	or	into	whose	hands	
it	may	come	save	where	expressly	agreed	by	
our	prior	consent	in	writing.

What an audit of financial statements 
involves

We	conducted	our	audit	in	accordance	
with	ISAs	(UK	&	Ireland).	An	audit	involves	
obtaining	evidence	about	the	amounts	
and	disclosures	in	the	financial	statements	
sufficient	to	give	reasonable	assurance	that	
the	financial	statements	are	free	from	material	
misstatement,	whether	caused	by	fraud	or	
error.	This	includes	an	assessment	of:	

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

 
43

Future plc

Financial 
statements

Financial statements

Contents

Consolidated	income	statement	

Consolidated	statement	of		
comprehensive	income	

Consolidated	statement	of		
changes	in	equity

Company	statement	of		
changes	in	equity	

Consolidated	balance	sheet	

Company	balance	sheet	

Consolidated	and	Company	
cash	flow	statements	

Notes	to	the	Consolidated	and	
Company	cash	flow	statements	

Accounting	policies	

Notes	to	the	financial	statements	

44

44

45

45

46

47

48

49

50

54

 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

44

Consolidated income statement 
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2016

Continuing operations
Revenue

Operating profit before depreciation, amortisation, exceptional items  
and impairment of intangible assets

Depreciation

Amortisation

Exceptional	items

Impairment	of	intangible	assets

Operating loss

Finance	costs

Net finance costs

Loss before tax

Tax	on	loss

Loss for the year from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Profit	for	the	year	from	discontinued	operations

Loss for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Earnings per 1p Ordinary share

Basic	loss	per	share	–	Total	Group

Diluted	loss	per	share	–	Total	Group

Basic	loss	per	share	–	Continuing	operations

Diluted	loss	per	share	–	Continuing	operations

Note

1

1

11

12

4

2

2

6

6

1

7

10

Note

9

9

9

9

2016
£m

59.0

4.7

(0.4)

(2.0)

(3.5)

(13.0)

(14.2)

(0.7)

(0.7)

(14.9)

0.5

(14.4)

0.2

(14.2)

2016
pence

(3.9)

(3.9)

(4.0)

(4.0)

2015
£m

59.8

3.6

(0.5)

(2.3)

(2.5)

-

(1.7)

(0.6)

(0.6)

(2.3)

0.3

(2.0)

0.7

(1.3)

2015
pence

(0.4)

(0.4)

(0.6)

(0.6)

As	permitted	by	the	exemption	under	Section	408	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	no	Company	income	statement	or	statement	of	comprehensive	income	
is	presented.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2016

Loss for the year

Items that may be reclassified to the consolidated income statement

Continuing operations

Currency	translation	differences

Other comprehensive income for the year from continuing operations

Total comprehensive loss for the year attributable to continuing operations

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to discontinued operations

Total comprehensive loss for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Items	in	the	statement	above	are	disclosed	net	of	tax.

2016
£m

(14.2)

0.3

0.3

(14.1)

0.2

(13.9)

2015
£m

(1.3)

-

-

(2.0)

0.7

(1.3)

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
45

Future plc

Financial 
statements

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2016

Group

Balance at 1 October 2014

Loss for the year

Currency	translation	differences

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Share	schemes	

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Balance at 30 September 2015

Loss for the year

Currency	translation	differences

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Share	capital	issued	during	the	year

Share	schemes	

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Balance at 30 September 2016

Company statement of changes in equity 
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2016

Company

Balance at 1 October 2014

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Share	schemes	

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Balance at 30 September 2015

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Share	capital	issued	during	the	year

Share	schemes	

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Balance at 30 September 2016

5

5

Note

Issued
share 
capital
£m

3.3

Share 
premium 
account
£m

Merger 
reserve
£m

Treasury 
reserve
£m

Accumulated 
losses
£m

24.8

109.0

(0.3)

(104.2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3.3

24.8

109.0

Total 
equity
£m

32.6

(1.3)

		-

		-

(1.3)

		-

		-

(1.3)

(1.3)

0.1

(105.4)

(14.2)

0.3

0.3

0.1

31.4

(14.2)

0.3

0.3

		(13.9)

	(13.9)

		-

3.2

-	

-

-	

		-

		-

(0.3)

		-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

		0.5

109.0

(0.3)

(118.8)

Issued
share 
capital
£m

Share 
premium 
account
£m

3.3	

24.8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3.3

24.8

-

-

-

0.4

-

3.7

-

-

-

2.8

-

27.6

Retained 
earnings
£m

10.7

(0.9)

-

(0.9)

0.1

9.9

(6.4)

-

		(6.4)

	-

0.5

4.0

		0.5

21.2

Total 
equity
£m

38.8

(0.9)

-

(0.9)

0.1

38.0

(6.4)

-

		(6.4)

3.2

0.5

35.3

-

-

-

-

0.4

-

3.7

-

-

-

-

2.8

-

27.6

Note

5

5

 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

46

Consolidated balance sheet
as	at	30	September	2016

Assets
Non-current assets

Property,	plant	and	equipment

Intangible	assets	-	goodwill

Intangible	assets	-	other

Deferred	tax

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Corporation	tax	recoverable

Trade	and	other	receivables

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets
Equity and liabilities
Equity

Issued	share	capital

Share	premium	account

Merger	reserve

Treasury	reserve

Accumulated	losses

Total equity

Non-current liabilities

Financial	liabilities	-	interest-bearing	loans	and	borrowings

Corporation	tax	payable

Deferred	tax

Provisions

Other	non-current	liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Financial	liabilities	-	interest-bearing	loans	and	borrowings

Trade	and	other	payables

Corporation	tax	payable

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

11

12

12

14

15

16

17

23

25

25

19

7

14

20

21

19

18

7

2016
£m

0.5

29.5

3.7

2.4

36.1

0.4

0.1

12.4

2.9

15.8

51.9

3.7

27.6

109.0

(0.3)

(118.8)

21.2

0.1

2.6

0.9

1.5

0.5

5.6

2.3

21.4

1.4

25.1

30.7

51.9

2015
£m

0.6

40.9

2.9

0.5

44.9

0.5

1.2

15.3

2.5

19.5

64.4

3.3

24.8

109.0

(0.3)

(105.4)

31.4

-

3.5

0.7

2.1

0.8

7.1

4.3

20.7

0.9

25.9

33.0

64.4

The	financial	statements	on	pages	43	to	78	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	on	13	December	2016	and	signed	on	its	behalf	by:

Peter Allen 
Chairman	

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
47

Future plc

Financial 
statements

Company balance sheet
as	at	30	September	2016

Assets
Non-current assets

Investment	in	Group	undertakings

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade	and	other	receivables

Total current assets

Total assets
Equity and liabilities
Equity

Issued	share	capital

Share	premium	account

Retained	earnings

Total equity

Non-current liabilities

Corporation	tax	payable

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Financial	liabilities	-	interest-bearing	loans	and	borrowings

Financial	liabilities	-	non-interest-bearing	overdraft

Trade	and	other	payables

Corporation	tax	payable

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

13

16

23

7

19

19

18

7

2016
£m

1.0

1.0

43.5

43.5

44.5

3.7

27.6

4.0

35.3

2.6

2.6

2.3

1.0

2.4

0.9

6.6

9.2

44.5

2015
£m

131.9

131.9

46.7

46.7

178.6

3.3

24.8

9.9

38.0

3.5

3.5

4.3

7.9

124.0

0.9

137.1

140.6

178.6

The	financial	statements	on	pages	43	to	78	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	on	13	December	2016	and	signed	on	its	behalf	by:

Peter Allen 
Chairman	

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer

Future	plc
Company	registration	number:	3757874

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

48

Consolidated and Company cash flow statements
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2016

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash	generated	from/(used	in)	operations

Tax	received

Interest	paid

Tax	paid

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase	of	property,	plant	and	equipment

Purchase	of	computer	software	and	website	development

Purchase	of	magazine	titles	and	events

Purchase	of	subsidiary	undertakings,	net	of	cash	acquired

Disposal	of	property,	plant	and	equipment

Disposal	of	magazine	titles	and	trademarks

Net	movement	in	amounts	owed	to/by	subsidiaries

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds	from	issue	of	Ordinary	share	capital

Costs	of	share	issue

Draw	down	of	bank	loans

Repayment	of	bank	loans

Bank	arrangement	fees

Repayment	of	finance	leases

Net cash generated from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	beginning	of	year

Exchange	adjustments

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Amount	attributable	to	continuing	operations

Group
2016
£m

Company
2016
£m

Group
2015
£m

Company
2015
£m

3.1

0.1

(0.4)

(0.8)

2.0

(0.2)

(1.7)

(0.6)

(0.3)

  -

  -

  -

(2.8)

3.3

(0.2)

4.6

(5.7)

-

(0.1)

1.9

1.1

1.6

0.2

2.9

2.9

(1.4)

-

(0.4)

(0.7)

(2.5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

8.3

8.3

3.3

(0.2)

4.6

(5.7)

-

  -

2.0

7.8

(8.8)

-

(1.0)

(1.0)

(7.5)

0.5

(0.6)

(1.0)

(8.6)

(0.2)

(1.8)

		-

		-

1.2

0.1

-

(0.7)

		-

		-

(0.5)

-

(0.5)

(0.7)

(1.7)

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1.8)

(1.8)

		-

		-

3.5

																					3.5

-

(0.2)

		-

-

(0.2)

		-

3.3

																					3.3

(6.0)

7.5

0.1

1.6

1.6

(0.2)

(8.6)

-

(8.8)

(8.8)

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
49

Future plc

Financial 
statements

Notes to the Consolidated and Company cash flow statements
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2016

A. Cash used in operations
The	reconciliation	of	(loss)/profit	for	the	year	to	cash	generated	from/(used	in)	operations	is	set	out	below:

(Loss)/profit	for	the	year	–	Continuing	operations

																																							–	Discontinued	operations

Loss	for	the	year	–	Total	Group

Adjustments	for:

Depreciation	charge	

Amortisation	of	intangible	assets

Impairment	of	intangible	assets

Profit	on	disposal	of	magazine	titles	and	trademarks

Profit	on	disposal	of	property,	plant	and	equipment

Share	schemes

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Impairment	of	investment	in	Group	undertakings

Dividend	receivable	from	Group	undertaking

Net	finance	costs

Tax	(credit)/charge

Profit/(loss) before changes in working capital and provisions

Movement	in	provisions

Decrease	in	inventories

Decrease/(increase)	in	trade	and	other	receivables

(Decrease)/increase	in	trade	and	other	payables

Cash generated from/(used in) operations

B. Analysis of net (debt)/cash

Group

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Debt	due	within	one	year

Debt	due	after	more	than	one	year

Net (debt)/cash

Company

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	

Debt	due	within	one	year

Net debt

C. Reconciliation of movement in net (debt)/cash

Net	(debt)/cash	at	start	of	year

Increase/(decrease)	in	cash	and	cash	equivalents

Movement	in	borrowings

Finance	leases	entered	into

Other	non-cash	changes

Exchange	movements

Net cash/(debt) at end of year

Group
2016
£m

(14.4)

0.2

(14.2)

0.4

2.0

13.0

(0.4)

  -

0.5

-

-

0.7

(0.5)

1.5

(0.6)

0.1

3.8

(1.7)

3.1

Company
2016
£m

(6.4)

-

(6.4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

131.4

(130.9)

2.9

0.1

(2.9)

-

-

(0.1)

1.6

(1.4)

Group
2015
£m

(2.0)

0.7

(1.3)

0.5

2.3

-

(0.1)

(0.3)

0.1

-

-

0.6

(0.4)

1.4

(0.7)

0.1

(2.8)

(5.5)

(7.5)

Company
2015
£m

(0.9)

-

(0.9)

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.1

-

1.5

(1.2)

(0.5)

-

-

-

-

(0.5)

1 October 
2015
£m

Cash flows
£m

Finance leases 
entered into
£m

Exchange 
movements
£m

30 September 
2016
£m

1.6

(3.4)

		-

(1.8)

1.1

1.2

		-

2.3

-

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.2)

0.2

		-

-

0.2

2.9

(2.3)

(0.1)

0.5

1 October 
2015
£m

Cash flows
£m

Other non-cash 
changes
£m

30 September 
2016
£m

(8.8)

(3.4)

(12.2)

Group
2016
£m

(1.8)

1.1

1.2

(0.2)

  -

0.2

0.5

7.8

1.1

8.9

Company
2016
£m

(12.2)

7.8

1.1

 -

 -

 -

(3.3)

-

-

-

Group
2015
£m

7.5

(6.0)

(3.5)

		-	

0.1

0.1

(1.8)

(1.0)

(2.3)

(3.3)

Company
2015
£m

(8.6)

(0.2)

(3.5)

		-

0.1

-

(12.2)

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

50

Accounting policies

Basis of preparation

These	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention,	except	for	derivative	financial	instruments	and	
share	awards	which	are	stated	at	fair	value.

The	principal	accounting	policies	applied	in	the	preparation	of	the	consolidated	financial	statements	published	in	this	2016	Annual	
Report	are	set	out	on	pages	50	to	53.		These	policies	have	been	applied	consistently	to	all	years	presented,	unless	otherwise	stated.

The	financial	statements	of	the	Group	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS)	
issued	by	the	International	Accounting	Standards	Board	(IASB)	and	the	International	Financial	Reporting	Interpretations	Committee’s	
(IFRIC)	interpretations	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union,	applicable	as	at	30	September	2016,	and	those	parts	of	the	Companies	Act	
2006	applicable	to	companies	reporting	under	IFRS.

The	going	concern	basis	has	been	adopted	in	preparing	these	financial	statements	as	stated	by	the	Directors	on	page	25.	

Discontinued operations and  
non-current assets held for sale

During	2014	the	Sport,	Craft	and	Auto	
portfolios	were	disposed	of.	In	accordance	
with	IFRS	5	the	results	of	these	operations	are	
presented	as	discontinued	operations	in	the	
Consolidated	income	statement.

Where	the	Group	expects	to	recover	the	
carrying	amount	of	a	group	of	assets	through	a	
sale	transaction	rather	than	through	continuing	
use,	the	assets	are	available	for	immediate	
sale	in	their	present	condition,	management	
is	committed	to	the	sale	and	a	sale	is	highly	
probable	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	the	assets	
are	classified	as	held	for	sale.	

After	classification	as	held	for	sale,	the	assets	
are	measured	at	the	lower	of	the	carrying	
amount	and	fair	value	less	costs	to	sell.	An	
impairment	loss	is	recognised	in	the	income	
statement	for	any	write-down	of	the	assets	
to	fair	value	less	costs	to	sell.	A	gain	for	
any	subsequent	increase	in	fair	value	less	
costs	to	sell	is	recognised	in	the	income	
statement	to	the	extent	that	it	does	not	exceed	
the	cumulative	impairment	loss	previously	
recognised.	No	depreciation	or	amortisation	
is	charged	in	respect	of	non-current	assets	
classified	as	held	for	sale.

If	the	group	of	assets	constitutes	a	separate	
major	line	of	business	it	is	classified	as	a	
discontinued	operation.	

Basis of consolidation

The	consolidated	financial	statements	
incorporate	the	financial	statements	of	
Future	plc	(the	Company)	and	its	subsidiary	
undertakings.	Subsidiaries	are	all	entities	
over	which	the	Group	has	the	power	to	
govern	the	financial	and	operating	policies,	
generally	accompanying	a	shareholding	of	
more	than	one	half	of	the	voting	rights.	The	
existence	and	effect	of	potential	voting	rights	
that	are	currently	exercisable	or	convertible	
are	considered	when	assessing	whether	the	

Group	controls	another	entity.	Subsidiaries	
are	fully	consolidated	from	the	date	on	which	
control	is	transferred	to	the	Group.	They	are	
deconsolidated	from	the	date	that	control	
ceases.	The	purchase	method	of	accounting	
is	used	to	account	for	the	acquisition	of	
subsidiaries	by	the	Group.

The	cost	of	an	acquisition	is	measured	as	
the	fair	value	of	the	assets	given,	equity	
instruments	issued	and	liabilities	incurred	or	
assumed	at	the	date	of	exchange,	and	includes	
the	fair	value	of	any	asset	or	liability	resulting	
from	a	contingent	consideration	arrangement.	
Acquisition-related	costs	are	expensed	as	
incurred.		Identifiable	assets	acquired	and	
liabilities	and	contingent	liabilities	assumed	in	
a	business	combination	are	measured	initially	
at	their	fair	values	at	the	acquisition	date.	The	
excess	of	the	cost	of	acquisition	over	the	fair	
value	of	the	Group’s	share	of	the	identifiable	
net	assets	acquired	is	recorded	as	goodwill.	

Inter-company	transactions,	balances	and	
unrealised	gains	on	transactions	between	
Group	companies	are	eliminated.	Unrealised	
losses	are	also	eliminated	but	are	considered	
an	impairment	indicator	of	the	asset	
transferred.	Accounting	policies	of	subsidiaries	
have	been	changed	where	necessary	to	
ensure	consistency	with	the	policies	adopted	
by	the	Group.

Segment reporting

The	Group	is	organised	and	arranged	
primarily	by	geographical	segment.	Operating	
segments	are	reported	in	a	manner	consistent	
with	the	internal	reporting	provided	to	the	
Chief	Operating	Decision	Makers	who	are	
considered	to	be	the	executive	Directors	of	
Future	plc.

Revenue recognition

Revenue	from	the	sale	of	goods	is	recognised	
in	the	income	statement	when	the	significant	
risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	have	been	

transferred	to	the	buyer.	Revenue	from	
services	rendered	is	recognised	in	the	 
income	statement	once	the	service	has	 
been	completed.		

Revenue	comprises	the	fair	value	of	the	
consideration	received	or	receivable	for	the	
sale	of	goods	and	services	in	the	ordinary	
course	of	the	Group’s	activities.	Revenue	
is	shown	net	of	value-added	tax,	estimated	
returns,	rebates	and	discounts	and	after	
eliminating	sales	within	the	Group.	The	
following	recognition	criteria	also	apply:

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

	Magazine	newsstand	circulation	and	
advertising	revenue	is	recognised	according	
to	the	date	that	the	related	publication	goes	
on	sale.

	Revenue	from	the	sale	of	digital	magazine	
subscriptions	is	recognised	uniformly	over	
the	term	of	the	subscription.	

	Event	income	is	recognised	when	the	event	
has	taken	place.

	Licensing	revenue	is	recognised	on	the	
supply	of	the	licensed	content.	

	Other	revenue	is	recognised	at	the	time	of	
sale	or	provision	of	service.

Foreign currency translation

(a) Functional and presentation currency
Items	included	in	the	financial	statements	of	
each	of	the	Group’s	entities	are	measured	
using	the	currency	of	the	primary	economic	
environment	in	which	the	entity	operates	
(‘the	functional	currency’).	The	consolidated	
financial	statements	are	presented	in	sterling,	
which	is	the	Group’s	presentation	currency.

(b) Transactions and balances
Foreign	currency	transactions	are	translated	
into	the	functional	currency	using	the	exchange	
rate	prevailing	at	the	date	of	the	transaction.		
Foreign	exchange	gains	and	losses	resulting	
from	the	settlement	of	such	transactions	

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
51

Future plc

Financial 
statements

and	from	the	translation	at	balance	sheet	
exchange	rates	of	monetary	assets	and	
liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	
are	recognised	in	the	income	statement,	
with	exchange	differences	arising	on	trading	
transactions	being	reported	in	operating	
profit	and	with	those	arising	on	financing	
transactions	reported	in	net	finance	costs	
unless,	as	a	result	of	cash	flow	hedging,	they	
are	reported	in	other	comprehensive	income.

(c) Group companies
The	results	and	financial	position	of	all	the	Group	
entities	that	have	a	functional	currency	different	
from	the	presentation	currency	are	translated	
into	the	presentation	currency	as	follows:

(i)		 	Assets	and	liabilities	for	each	balance	

sheet	are	translated	at	the	closing	rate	at	
the	date	of	that	balance	sheet.

(ii)		 	Income	and	expenses	for	each	income	
statement	are	translated	at	average	
exchange	rates.

(iii)			All	resulting	exchange	differences	are	
recognised	as	a	separate	component	 
of	equity.

On	consolidation,	exchange	differences	 
arising	from	the	translation	of	the	net	investment	
in	foreign	operations,	and	of	borrowings	and	
other	currency	instruments	designated	as	
hedges	of	such	investments,	are	taken	to	
shareholders’	equity.	When	a	foreign	operation	
is	sold,	exchange	differences	that	were	
recorded	in	equity	are	recognised	in	the	income	
statement	as	part	of	the	gain	or	loss	on	sale.

Employee benefits

(a) Pension obligations
The	Group	has	a	number	of	defined	contribution	
plans.	For	defined	contribution	plans	the	Group	
pays	contributions	into	a	privately	administered	
pension	plan	on	a	contractual	or	voluntary	
basis.	The	Group	has	no	further	payment	
obligations	once	the	contributions	have	been	
paid.	Contributions	are	charged	to	the	income	
statement	as	they	are	incurred.

(b) Share-based compensation
The	Group	operates	a	number	of	equity-
settled,	share-based	compensation	plans.	 
The	fair	value	of	the	employee	services 	
received	in	exchange	for	the	grant	of	the 	
awards	is	recognised	as	an	expense.	The 	
total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the 	
appropriate	service	period	is	determined	by	
reference	to	the	fair	value	of	the	awards.	The 	
calculation	of	fair	value	includes	assumptions	
regarding	the	number	of	cancellations	and	
excludes	the	impact	of	any	non-market	
vesting	conditions	(for	example,	earnings	per	
share).		Non-market	vesting	conditions	are	
included	in	assumptions	about	the	number	
of	awards	that	are	expected	to	vest.	At	each 	
balance	sheet	date,	the	Group	revises	its 	
estimates	of	the	number	of	awards	that	are 	
expected	to	vest.	It	recognises	the	impact	of 	
the	revision	of	original	estimates,	if	any,	in 	
the	income	statement,	with	a	corresponding	
adjustment	to	equity.

The	grant	by	the	Company	of	share	awards	
to	the	employees	of	subsidiary	undertakings	
is	treated	as	a	capital	contribution.	The	
fair	value	of	employee	services	received,	
measured	by	reference	to	the	grant	date	fair	
value,	is	recognised	over	the	vesting	period	
as	an	increase	to	investment	in	subsidiary	
undertakings,	with	a	corresponding	credit	to	
equity	in	the	Company’s	financial	statements.

Shares	in	the	Company	are	held	in	trust	to	
satisfy	the	exercise	of	awards	under	certain	 
of	the	Group’s	share-based	compensation	
plans	and	exceptional	awards.	The	trust	is	
consolidated	within	the	Group	financial	
statements.	These	shares	are	presented	 
in	the	consolidated	balance	sheet	as	a	 
deduction	from	equity	at	the	market	value	 
on	the	date	of	acquisition.

(c) Bonus plans
The	Group	recognises	a	liability	and	an	expense	
for	bonuses	taking	into	consideration	the	profit	
attributable	to	the	Company’s	shareholders	after	
certain	adjustments.	The	Group	recognises	a	
provision	where	contractually	obliged	or	where	
there	is	a	past	practice	that	has	created	a	
constructive	obligation.

Leases

Leases	in	which	the	Group	assumes	
substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	
ownership	of	the	leased	assets	are	classified	
as	finance	leases.	All	other	leases	are	classed	
as	operating	leases.

Assets	held	under	finance	leases	are	included	
either	as	property,	plant	and	equipment	or	
intangible	assets	at	the	lower	of	their	fair	
value	at	inception	or	the	present	value	of	the	
minimum	lease	payments	and	are	depreciated	
over	their	estimated	economic	lives	or	the	
finance	lease	period,	whichever	is	the	shorter.	
The	corresponding	liability	is	recorded	within	
borrowings.	The	interest	element	of	the	rental	
costs	is	charged	against	profits	over	the	period	
of	the	lease	using	the	actuarial	method.

Payments	made	under	operating	leases	(net	
of	any	incentives	received	from	the	lessor)	are	
charged	to	the	income	statement	on	a	straight-
line	basis	over	the	period	of	the	lease.

Tax

Tax	on	the	profit	or	loss	for	the	year	comprises	
current	tax	and	deferred	tax.	Tax	is	recognised	
in	the	income	statement	except	to	the	extent	
that	it	relates	to	items	recognised	directly	in	
equity	in	which	case	it	is	recognised	in	equity.

Current	tax	is	payable	based	on	taxable	
profits	for	the	year,	using	tax	rates	that	have	
been	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	
at	the	balance	sheet	date,	along	with	any	
adjustment	relating	to	tax	payable	in	previous	
years.	Management	periodically	evaluates	
items	detailed	in	tax	returns	where	the	tax	
treatment	is	subject	to	interpretation.	Taxable	
profit	differs	from	net	profit	in	the	income	
statement	in	that	income	or	expense	items	that	
are	taxable	or	deductible	in	other	years	are	

excluded	–	as	are	items	that	are	never	taxable	
or	deductible.	Current	tax	assets	relate	to	
payments	on	account	not	offset	against	current	
tax	liabilities.

Deferred	tax	is	provided	in	full,	using	the	
liability	method,	on	temporary	differences	
arising	between	the	tax	bases	of	assets	and	
liabilities	and	their	carrying	amounts	in	the	
consolidated	financial	statements.	However,	
deferred	tax	is	not	accounted	for	if	it	arises	from	
initial	recognition	of	an	asset	or	liability	in	a	
transaction	other	than	a	business	combination	
that	at	the	time	of	the	transaction	affects	neither	
accounting	nor	taxable	profit	or	loss.	Deferred	
tax	is	determined	using	tax	rates	(and	laws)	that	
have	been	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	
by	the	balance	sheet	date	and	are	expected	
to	apply	when	the	related	deferred	tax	asset	is	
realised	or	the	deferred	tax	liability	is	settled	in	
the	appropriate	territory.

Deferred	tax	assets	are	recognised	to	the	
extent	that	it	is	probable	that	future	taxable	
profits	will	be	available	against	which	the	
temporary	differences	can	be	utilised.		
Deferred	tax	is	provided	on	temporary	
differences	arising	on	investments	in	
subsidiaries,	except	where	the	timing	of	
the	reversal	of	the	temporary	difference	is	
controlled	by	the	Group	and	it	is	probable	 
that	the	temporary	difference	will	not	reverse	 
in	the	foreseeable	future.

Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	offset	
against	each	other	where	they	relate	to	
the	same	jurisdiction	and	there	is	a	legally	
enforceable	right	to	offset.

Dividends

All	dividend	distributions	to	the	Company’s	
shareholders	are	recognised	as	a	liability	in	the	
financial	statements	in	the	period	in	which	they	
are	approved.

Property, plant and equipment

Property,	plant	and	equipment	is	stated	at	
cost	(or	deemed	cost)	less	accumulated	
depreciation	and	impairment	losses.	Cost	
includes	expenditure	that	is	directly	attributable	
to	the	acquisition	of	the	items.

Depreciation

Depreciation	is	calculated	using	the	straight-
line	method	to	allocate	the	cost	of	property,	
plant	and	equipment	less	residual	value	over	
estimated	useful	lives,	as	follows:

•	

•	

•	

	Land	and	buildings	–	50	years	or	period	of	
the	lease	if	shorter.

	Plant	and	machinery	–	between	one	and	 
five	years.

	Equipment,	fixtures	and	fittings	–	between	
one	and	five	years.

The	assets’	residual	values	and	useful	lives	
are	reviewed,	and	adjusted	if	appropriate,	

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

52

at	each	balance	sheet	date.	An	asset’s	
carrying	amount	is	written	down	immediately	
to	its	recoverable	amount	if	the	asset’s	
carrying	amount	is	greater	than	its	estimated	
recoverable	amount.

Gains	and	losses	on	disposals	are	determined	
by	comparing	proceeds	with	carrying	amounts.	
These	are	included	in	the	income	statement.	

Intangible assets

(a) Goodwill
In	respect	of	business	combinations	that	have	
occurred	since	1	October	2004,	goodwill	
represents	the	difference	between	the	cost	
of	the	acquisition	and	the	fair	value	of	net	
identifiable	assets	acquired.	In	respect	of	
business	combinations	prior	to	this	date,	
goodwill	is	included	on	the	basis	of	its	deemed	
cost,	which	represents	the	amount	recorded	
under	previous	GAAP.		

Goodwill	is	stated	at	cost	less	any	 
accumulated	impairment	losses.	Goodwill	 
is	allocated	to	appropriate	cash	generating	
units	(those	expected	to	benefit	from	the	
business	combination)	and	it	is	not	subject	to	
amortisation	but	is	tested	annually	for	
impairment.

(b) Titles, trademarks, customer lists, 
advertising relationships, e-commerce 
technology and other ‘magazine and 
website related’ intangibles
Magazine-related	intangible	assets	have	a	
finite	useful	life	and	are	stated	at	cost	less	
accumulated	amortisation.	Assets	acquired	
as	part	of	a	business	combination	are	initially	
stated	at	fair	value.	Amortisation	is	calculated	
using	the	straight-line	method	to	allocate	the	
cost	of	these	intangibles	over	their	estimated	
useful	lives	(between	one	and	fifteen	years).

Expenditure	incurred	on	the	launch	of	new	
magazine	titles	is	recognised	as	an	expense	 
in	the	income	statement	as	incurred.	

(c) Computer software and website 
development
Non-integral	computer	software	purchases	are	
stated	at	cost	less	accumulated	amortisation.	
Costs	incurred	in	the	development	of	new	
websites	are	capitalised	only	where	the	cost	
can	be	directly	attributed	to	developing	the	
website	to	operate	in	the	manner	intended	
by	management	and	only	to	the	extent	of	the	
future	economic	benefits	expected	from	its	use.	
These	costs	are	amortised	on	a	straight-line	
basis	over	their	estimated	useful	lives	(between	
one	and	three	years).	Costs	associated	with	
maintaining	computer	software	or	websites	are	
recognised	as	an	expense	as	incurred.

Impairment tests and Cash-Generating 
Units (CGUs)

A	CGU	is	defined	as	the	smallest	identifiable	
group	of	assets	that	generates	cash	inflows	
that	are	largely	independent	of	the	cash	inflows	
from	other	assets	or	groups	of	assets.

Value	in	use	is	the	present	value	of	the 	
future	cash	flows	expected	to	be	derived 	
from	the	CGUs	or	group	of	CGUs.	Cash 	
flow	projections	are	based	on	economic	
assumptions	and	forecast	trading	conditions	
drawn	up	by	the	Group’s	management,	 
as	follows:

Goodwill	is	not	amortised	but	tested	for	
impairment	at	least	once	a	year	or	more	
frequently	when	there	is	an	indication	that	it	
may	be	impaired.	Therefore,	the	evolution	of	
general	economic	and	financial	trends	as	well	
as	actual	economic	performance	compared	
to	market	expectations	represent	external	
indicators	that	are	analysed	by	the	Group,	
together	with	internal	performance	indicators,	
in	order	to	assess	whether	an	impairment	test	
should	be	performed	more	than	once	a	year.

IAS	36	‘Impairment	of	Assets’	requires	these	
tests	to	be	performed	at	the	level	of	each	
CGU	or	group	of	CGUs	likely	to	benefit	from	
acquisition-related	synergies,	within	an	
operating	segment.

Any	impairment	of	goodwill	is	recorded	in	the	
income	statement	as	a	deduction	from	operating	
profit	and	is	never	reversed	subsequently.

Other	intangible	assets	with	a	finite	life	are	
amortised	and	are	tested	for	impairment	only	
where	there	is	an	indication	that	an	impairment	
may	have	occurred.

Recoverable amount

To	determine	whether	an	impairment	loss	
should	be	recognised,	the	carrying	value	of	 
the	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	CGUs	or	 
groups	of	CGUs	is	compared	to	their	
recoverable	amount.

•	

•	

•	

	cash	flow	projections	are	based	on	five-year	
business	plans;

	cash	flow	projections	beyond	that	time	frame	
are	extrapolated	by	applying	a	2.0%	growth	
rate	to	perpetuity;	and

	the	cash	flows	obtained	are	discounted	
using	appropriate	rates	for	the	business	and	
the	territories	concerned.

If	goodwill	has	been	allocated	to	a	CGU	and	
an	operation	within	that	CGU	is	disposed,	
the	goodwill	associated	with	that	operation	is	
included	in	the	carrying	amount	of	the	operation	
in	determining	the	profit	or	loss	on	disposal.	The	
goodwill	allocated	to	the	disposal	is	measured	
on	the	basis	of	the	relative	profitability	of	the	
operation	disposed	and	the	operations	retained.

Inventories

Inventories	are	stated	at	the	lower	of	cost	and	
net	realisable	value.	For	raw	materials,	cost	is	
taken	to	be	the	purchase	price	on	a	first	in,	first	
out	basis.	For	work	in	progress	and	finished	
goods,	cost	is	calculated	as	the	direct	cost	of	
production.	It	excludes	borrowing	costs.	Net	
realisable	value	is	the	estimated	selling	price	in	
the	ordinary	course	of	business,	less	applicable	
variable	selling	expenses.

Trade and other receivables

Carrying	values	of	CGUs	and	groups	of	CGUs	
tested	include	goodwill	and	assets	with	finite	
useful	lives	(property,	plant	and	equipment,	
intangible	assets	and	net	working	capital).

Trade	and	other	receivables	are	initially	
recognised	at	fair	value	and	subsequently	
measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	
interest	method,	less	a	provision	for	impairment.		

The	recoverable	amount	of	a	CGU	is	the	
higher	of	its	fair	value	less	costs	to	sell	and	
its	value	in	use.	Fair	value	less	costs	to	sell	
is	the	best	estimate	of	the	amount	obtainable	
from	the	sale	of	an	asset	in	an	arm’s	length	
transaction	between	knowledgeable,	willing	
parties,	less	the	costs	of	disposal.	This	
estimate	is	determined,	on	30	September,	on	
the	basis	of	the	discounted	present	value	of	
expected	future	cash	flows	plus	a	terminal	
value	and	reflects	general	market	sentiment	
and	conditions.	

A	provision	for	impairment	of	trade	
receivables	is	made	when	there	is	objective 	
evidence	that	the	Group	will	not	be	able	to 	
collect	all	amounts	due	in	accordance	with 	 
the	original	terms	of	the	receivables.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	include	cash	in 	
hand,	deposits	held	at	call	with	banks	and 	
bank	overdrafts	for	the	purpose	of	the	cash 	
flow	statement.	Bank	overdrafts	are	shown	
within	borrowings	in	current	liabilities	on	the 	
balance	sheet.

Trade and other payables

Trade	and	other	payables	are	initially	
recognised	at	fair	value	and	subsequently	
measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	 
effective	interest	method.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
53

Future plc

Financial 
statements

Borrowings

Exceptional items

Borrowings	are	recognised	initially	at	fair	value,	
net	of	transaction	costs	incurred.		Borrowings	
are	subsequently	stated	at	amortised	cost	with	
any	difference	between	the	proceeds	(net	of	
transaction	costs)	and	the	redemption	value	
recognised	in	the	income	statement	over	the	
period	of	the	borrowings	using	the	effective	
interest	method.

Borrowings	are	classified	as	current	liabilities	
unless	the	Group	has	an	unconditional	right	to	
defer	settlement	of	the	liability	for	at	least	12	
months	after	the	balance	sheet	date.

Provisions

Provisions	are	recognised	when	the	Group	has	
a	present	legal	or	constructive	obligation	as	a	
result	of	past	events,	and	it	is	more	likely	than	
not	that	an	outflow	of	resources	will	be	required	
to	settle	the	obligation.

Provisions	are	measured	at	the	Directors’	best	
estimate	of	the	expenditure	required	to	settle	
the	obligation	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	and	
are	discounted	to	present	value	where	the	
effect	is	material.

Derivative financial instruments and 
hedging activities

The	Group	uses	derivative	financial	
instruments	to	reduce	exposure	to	foreign	
exchange	and	interest	rate	risks	and	
recognises	these	at	fair	value	in	its	balance	
sheet.	The	Group	applies	cash	flow	hedge	
accounting	under	IAS	39	in	respect	of	certain	
instruments	held.	For	instruments	for	which	
hedge	accounting	is	applied,	gains	and	losses	
are	taken	to	equity.	Any	changes	to	the	fair	
value	of	derivatives	not	hedge	accounted	for	
are	recognised	in	the	income	statement.	Any	
new	instruments	entered	into	by	the	Group	
will	be	reviewed	on	a	‘case	by	case’	basis	at	
inception	to	determine	whether	they	should	
qualify	as	hedges	and	be	accounted	for	
accordingly	under	IAS	39.		In	accordance	with	
its	treasury	policy,	the	Group	does	not	hold	or	
issue	any	derivative	financial	instruments	for	
trading	purposes.

Investments

The	Company’s	investments	in	subsidiary	
undertakings	are	stated	at	the	fair	value	 
of	consideration	payable,	including	related	
acquisition	costs,	less	any	provisions	 
for	impairment.

The	Group	classifies	transactions	as	
exceptional	where	they	relate	to	an	event	
that	falls	outside	the	ordinary	activities	of	
the	business	and	where	individually	or	in	
aggregate	they	have	a	material	impact	on	
the	financial	statements.	This	classification	
excludes	impairment	charges	made	on	the	
carrying	value	of	CGUs	or	groups	of	CGUs.	
The	separate	reporting	of	exceptional	items	
helps	provide	a	better	picture	of	the	Group’s	
underlying	performance.

Critical accounting assumptions, 
judgements and estimates

The	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	
under	IFRS	requires	the	use	of	certain	
critical	accounting	assumptions	and	requires	
management	to	exercise	its	judgement	and	
to	make	estimates	in	the	process	of	applying	
the	Group’s	accounting	policies.	The	areas	
requiring	a	higher	degree	of	judgement	or	
areas	where	assumptions	and	estimates	are	
significant	to	the	financial	statements	are	
discussed	below:

(a) Carrying value of goodwill and  
other intangibles
The	Group	uses	forecast	cash	flow	information	
and	estimates	of	future	growth	to	assess	
whether	goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets	
are	impaired.	If	the	results	of	an	operation	in	
future	years	are	adverse	to	the	estimates	used	
for	impairment	testing,	an	impairment	may	be	
triggered	at	that	point,	or	a	reduction	in	useful	
economic	life	may	be	required.	Further	details	
are	included	within	note	12.

(b) Taxation
The	Group	is	subject	to	tax	in	all	territories,	
and	judgement	and	estimates	of	future	
profitability	are	required	to	determine	the	
Group’s	deferred	tax	position.	If	the	final	tax	
outcome	is	different	to	that	assumed,	resulting	
changes	will	be	reflected	in	the	income	
statement	or	statement	of	changes	in	equity	
as	appropriate.	The	Group	corporation	tax	
provision	reflects	management’s	estimation	of	
the	amount	of	tax	payable	for	fiscal	years	with	
open	tax	computations	where	liabilities	remain	
to	be	agreed	with	Her	Majesty’s	Revenue	and	
Customs	and	other	tax	authorities.	Further	
details	are	included	within	note	7.

(c) Revenue recognition
The	Group	makes	a	provision	for	sales	returns	
at	the	end	of	each	month.	The	UK	estimate	is	
calculated	by	looking	at	the	forecast	sales	
projections	for	the	following	month	of	the	 
titles	that	were	on	sale	at	the	year-end	and	
providing	for	any	shortfall.	The	US	estimate	is	 
made	based	on	a	study	of	the	historic	levels	 
of	returns.

New or revised accounting standards 
and interpretations 

Certain	new	standards,	amendments	and	
interpretations	to	existing	standards	have	been	
published	that	are	mandatory	for	accounting	
periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	October	2016	
or	later	periods	but	which	the	Group	has	
chosen	not	to	adopt	early.		These	include	the	
following	standards	which	are	relevant	to	the	
Group:

•	

•	

•	

•	

	Annual	improvements	to	IFRSs	2012- 
2014	Cycle.

	Amendment	to	IAS	1	Presentation	of	
financial	statements	on	the	disclosure	
initiative.

	Amendment	to	IAS	16	and	IAS	38	
Clarification	of	acceptable	methods	of	
depreciation	and	amortisation.

	Amendment	to	IFRS	2	Share-based	
payment	to	clarify	the	classification	and	
measurement	of	share-based	payment	
transactions.

•	

IFRS	9	Financial	instruments.

•	

	IFRS	15	Revenue	from	contracts	 
with	customers.

•	

IFRS	16	Leases.

Adoption	of	IFRS	16	Leases	will	result	in	the	
recognition	on	the	balance	sheet	of	assets	and	
liabilities	relating	to	leases	which	are	currently	
accounted	for	as	operating	leases.	The	Group	
has	not	yet	assessed	the	full	impact	of	IFRS	
16	which	will	be	effective	for	the	year	ended	30	
September	2020.

The	Group	does	not	expect	that	the	other	
standards	and	amendments	issued	but	not	yet	
effective	will	have	a	material	impact	on	results	
or	net	assets.		

 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

54

Notes to the financial statements

1. Segmental reporting 

The	Group	is	organised	and	arranged	primarily	by	reportable	segment.		The	executive	Directors	consider	the	performance	of	the	business	from	
a	geographical	perspective,	namely	the	UK	and	the	US.		The	Australian	business	is	considered	to	be	part	of	the	UK	segment	and	is	not	reported	
separately	due	to	its	size.		

(a) Reportable segment
(i) Segment revenue

UK

US

Revenue	between	segments

Total continuing operations

Transactions	between	segments	are	carried	out	at	arm’s	length.

(ii)  Segment EBITDAE

UK

US

Total segment EBITDAE from continuing operations

2016
£m

44.7

15.2

(0.9)

59.0

2016
£m

2.8

1.9

4.7

EBITDAE	is	used	by	the	executive	Directors	to	assess	the	performance	of	each	segment.	

A	reconciliation	of	total	segment	EBITDAE	from	continuing	operations	to	loss	before	tax	from	continuing	operations	is	provided	as	follows:

Total segment EBITDAE from continuing operations

Depreciation

Amortisation

Exceptional	items

Impairment	of	intangible	assets

Net	finance	costs

Loss before tax from continuing operations

(iii) Segment assets and liabilities

2016
£m

4.7

(0.4)

(2.0)

(3.5)

(13.0)

(0.7)

(14.9)

2015
£m

47.3

13.4

(0.9)

59.8

2015
£m

3.3

0.3

3.6

2015
£m

3.6

(0.5)

(2.3)

(2.5)

-

(0.6)

(2.3)

UK

US

Total

(iv) Other segment information

UK

US

Continuing	operations

Discontinued	operations

Total 

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Segment net assets

2016
£m

46.6

5.3

51.9

2015
£m

60.2

4.2

64.4

2016
£m

(26.5)

(4.2)

(30.7)

2015
£m

(29.0)

(4.0)

(33.0)

2016
£m

20.1

1.1

21.2

2015
£m

31.2

0.2

31.4

Additions to 
non-current assets

Depreciation 
and amortisation

Impairment charges

Exceptional items

2016
£m

4.6

-

4.6

-

4.6

2015
£m

1.7

0.3

2.0

-

2.0

2016
£m

1.9

0.5

2.4

-

2.4

2015
£m

1.9

0.9

2.8

-

2.8

2016
£m

13.0

-

13.0

-

13.0

2015
£m

-

-

-

-

-

2016
£m

2.8

0.7

3.5

(0.3)

3.2

2015
£m

2.1

0.4

2.5

(0.1)

2.4

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Other	than	the	items	disclosed	above	and	a	share-based	payments	charge	of	£0.5m	(2015:	£0.1m)	there	were	no	other	significant	non-cash	expenses	
during	the	year.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
55

Future plc

Financial 
statements

1. Segmental reporting (continued)

(b) Business segment
After	geographical	location,	the	Group	was	reorganised	during	the	year	into	two	new	segments.	The	Media	segment	comprises	websites	and	events	
and	the	Magazine	segment	comprises	magazines.	An	additional	segment,	Other,	was	retained	to	reflect	unallocated	salaries	and	other	direct	costs	
which	are	not	directly	charged	to	the	business	segments	for	internal	reporting	purposes.	The	Group	considers	that	the	assets	within	each	segment	are	
exposed	to	the	same	risks.

(i) Revenue by business segment

Media	

Magazine

Revenue	between	segments

Total continuing operations

(ii) Gross profit by business segment

Media

Magazine

Other

Add	back:	distribution	expenses

Total continuing operations

2. Operating loss from continuing operations 

Revenue

Cost	of	sales

Gross	profit

Distribution	expenses

Administration	expenses

Exceptional	items

Impairment	of	intangible	assets

Operating loss from continuing operations

3. Fees paid to auditors

Audit	fees	in	respect	of	the	audit	of	the	financial	statements	of	the	Company	and	the	consolidated	financial	statements

Audit	related	assurance	services

Tax	compliance	services

Tax	advisory	services

Services	relating	to	corporate	finance	transactions

Total fees

2016
£m

24.5

35.4

(0.9)

59.0

2016
£m

19.5

23.5

(24.8)

3.6

21.8

2016
£m

59.0

(37.2)

21.8

(3.6)

(15.9)

(3.5)

(13.0)

(14.2)

2016
£m

0.10

0.02

0.12

0.05

0.03

0.14

0.34

2015
£m

21.5

39.2

(0.9)

59.8

2015
£m

18.3

25.2

(27.8)

3.5

19.2

2015
£m

59.8

(40.6)

19.2

(3.5)

(14.9)

(2.5)

-

(1.7)

2015
£m

0.13

0.02

0.15

0.10

0.08

-

0.33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

4. Exceptional items from continuing operations

Vacant	property	provision	movements

Restructuring	and	redundancy	costs

Acquisition-related	costs

Profit	on	disposal	of	magazine	titles	and	trademarks

Profit	on	disposal	of	property

Provision	for	bad	debts

Total charge

56

2015
£m

0.4

2.8

	-

	-

(0.3)

(0.4)

2.5

2016
£m

(0.5)

1.8

2.3

(0.1)

 -

 -

3.5

The	vacant	property	provision	movement	during	the	year	relates	to	surplus	office	space	in	the	UK	and	the	US.	

The	restructuring	and	redundancy	costs	relate	mainly	to	staff	termination	payments	and	other	restructuring	and	transformation	related	activities.

The	acquisition-related	costs	represent	fees	incurred	in	respect	of	the	acquisition	of	Miura	(Holdings)	Limited,	the	ultimate	parent	company	of	Imagine	
Publishing	Limited,	which	was	completed	on	21	October	2016.	Further	details	in	respect	of	the	acquisition	are	shown	in	note	31.

The	profit	on	disposal	of	property	in	2015	related	to	the	sale	of	one	of	the	Group’s	UK	properties	for	cash	proceeds	of	£1.2m.	The	provision	for	bad	
debts	in	2015	represents	the	release	of	part	of	a	provision	made	in	2014	in	relation	to	amounts	owed	to	the	Group	which	were	no	longer	considered	
recoverable	following	the	filing	for	bankruptcy	of	Source	Home	Entertainment	LLC	and	its	group	companies,	one	of	the	Group’s	distributors	in	the	US.

5. Employees from continuing operations

Wages	and	salaries

Social	security	costs

Other	pension	costs	

Share	schemes

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Total staff costs from continuing operations

Average monthly number of people for continuing operations (including Directors)

Production

Administration

Total

2016
£m

21.3

2.0

0.7

0.5

24.5

2016
No.

399

89

488

2015
£m

23.6

2.2

0.8

0.1

26.7

2015
No.

436

94

530

At	30	September	2016,	the	actual	number	of	people	employed	by	the	Group	was	449	(2015:	521).	In	respect	of	our	reportable	segments	390	(2015:	448)	
were	employed	in	the	UK	and	59	(2015:	73)	were	employed	in	the	US.

Key management personnel compensation

Salaries	and	other	short-term	employee	benefits

Share	schemes

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Total

Group 
2016
£m

0.7

0.2

0.9

Company 
2016
£m

0.2

 -

0.2

Group 
2015
£m

0.9

	-

0.9

Company	
2015
£m

0.2

	-

0.2

Key	management	personnel	are	deemed	to	be	the	members	of	the	Board	of	Future	plc.	It	is	this	Board	which	has	responsibility	for	planning,	directing	
and	controlling	the	activities	of	the	Group.

Zillah	Byng-Thorne	and	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	were	paid	by	Future	Publishing	Limited,	a	subsidiary	company,	for	their	services.	In	2016	£0.3m	(2015:	
£0.1m)	was	recharged	to	Future	plc	by	Future	Publishing	Limited	in	respect	of	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	and	£0.2m	(2015:	£nil)	was	recharged	in	respect	of	
Penny	Ladkin-Brand.

Further	details	on	the	Directors’	remuneration	and	interests	are	given	in	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	on	pages	29	to	39.	The	highest	paid	
Director	during	the	year	was	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	(2015:	Zillah	Byng-Thorne)	and	details	of	her	remuneration	are	shown	on	page	30.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
57

Future plc

Financial 
statements

6.  Finance income and costs

Interest	payable	on	interest-bearing	loans	and	borrowings

Amortisation	of	bank	loan	arrangement	fees

Other	finance	costs

Exchange	(losses)/gains

Total finance costs

Net finance costs from continuing operations

7. Tax on loss

The	tax	credited	in	the	consolidated	income	statement	for	continuing	operations	is	analysed	below:

UK corporation tax

Current	tax	at	20%	(2015:	20.5%)	on	the	loss	for	the	year

Adjustments	in	respect	of	previous	years

Current tax

Deferred tax origination and reversal of temporary differences

Current	year	(credit)/charge

Adjustments	in	respect	of	previous	years

Deferred tax

Total tax credit on continuing operations

2016
£m

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.3)

(0.2)

(0.7)

(0.7)

2016
£m

-

1.3

1.3

(1.6)

(0.2)

(1.8)

(0.5)

The	tax	assessed	in	each	year	differs	from	the	standard	rate	of	corporation	tax	in	the	UK	for	the	relevant	year.	The	differences	are	explained	below:

Loss	before	tax

Loss	before	tax	at	the	standard	UK	tax	rate	of	20%	(2015:	20.5%)

Non-deductible	amortisation	&	impairment

Losses	generated	and	unrecognised

Losses	and	other	timing	differences	not	recognised	in	respect	of	tax	in	the	US

Losses	and	other	timing	differences	recognised	in	respect	of	tax	in	the	US

Profits	relieved	against	brought	forward	losses

Other	net	disallowable	items

Adjustments	in	respect	of	previous	years

Total tax credit on continuing operations

2016
£m

(14.9)

(3.0)

2.6

-

-

(1.4)

(0.2)

0.4

1.1

(0.5)

2015
£m

(0.2)

(0.4)

(0.2)

0.2

(0.6)

(0.6)

2015
£m

-

(0.3)

(0.3)

0.1

(0.1)

-

(0.3)

2015
£m

(2.3)

(0.5)

-

0.3

0.2

-

(0.1)

0.2

(0.4)

(0.3)

In	2013	the	Group	reached	agreement	with	HMRC	relating	to	the	tax	treatment	of	certain	one-off	transactions	which	took	place	in	2003.	Part	of	that	
agreement	will	result	in	the	Group	paying	tax	of	£6.2m	plus	interest	(comprising	instalments	of	£85,000	per	month	over	five	years	from	July	2013	and	a	
final	instalment	of	£2.0m).	The	tax	payable	was	fully	provided	for	in	prior	years’	accounts.	

The	liability	in	the	balance	sheet	has	been	split	based	on	this	agreement	between	current	liabilities	and	non-current	liabilities.

The	prior	year	adjustment	reflects	a	reassessment	of	the	availability	of	EU	Group	loss	relief	available	to	the	Group	as	a	result	of	the	additional	
uncertainty	surrounding	the	impact	of	the	Brexit	vote	on	the	success	of	the	claims.

The	Directors	have	assessed	the	Group’s	uncertain	tax	positions	and	are	comfortable	that	the	provisions	in	place	are	not	material	either	individually	or	
in	aggregate	and	that	a	reasonably	possible	change	in	the	next	financial	year	would	not	have	a	material	impact	on	the	results	of	the	Group.	

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

58

8. Dividends

Equity dividends

Number	of	shares	in	issue	at	end	of	year	(million)

Dividends	paid	in	year	(pence	per	share)

Dividends paid in year (£m)

9. Earnings per share

2016

368.8

-

-

2015

334.4

-

-

Basic	earnings	per	share	are	calculated	using	the	weighted	average	number	of	Ordinary	shares	in	issue	during	the	year.		Diluted	earnings	per	share	
have	been	calculated	by	taking	into	account	the	dilutive	effect	of	shares	that	would	be	issued	on	conversion	into	Ordinary	shares	of	awards	held	under	
employee	share	schemes.

Adjusted	earnings	per	share	removes	the	effect	of	exceptional	items,	impairment	of	intangible	assets	and	any	related	tax	effects	from	the	calculation.

Total Group 

Adjustments	to	loss	after	tax:

Loss after tax (£m)

Exceptional	items	(£m)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(£m)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(£m)

Adjusted profit after tax (£m)

Weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	during	the	year:	

-	Basic

-	Dilutive	effect	of	share	options

-	Diluted

Basic	loss	per	share	(in	pence)

Adjusted	basic	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

Diluted	loss	per	share	(in	pence)

Adjusted	diluted	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

The	adjustments	to	loss	after	tax	have	the	following	effect:

Basic and diluted loss per share (pence)

Exceptional	items	(pence)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(pence)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(pence)

Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share (pence)

2016

2015

(14.2)

3.2

13.0

(0.6)

1.4

(1.3)

2.4

-

(0.5)

0.6

362,486,525

332,796,904

13,074,591

536,550

375,561,116

333,333,454

(3.9)

0.4

(3.9)

0.4

(3.9)

0.9

3.6

(0.2)

0.4

(0.4)

0.2

(0.4)

0.2

(0.4)

0.7

-

(0.1)

0.2

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
59

Future plc

Financial 
statements

9. Earnings per share (continued)

Continuing operations

Adjustments	to	loss	after	tax:

Loss after tax (£m)

Exceptional	items	(£m)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(£m)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(£m)

Adjusted profit after tax (£m)

Weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	during	the	year:	

-	Basic

-	Dilutive	effect	of	share	options

-	Diluted

Basic	loss	per	share	(in	pence)

Adjusted	basic	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

Diluted	loss	per	share	(in	pence)

Adjusted	diluted	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

The	adjustments	to	loss	after	tax	have	the	following	effect:

Basic and diluted loss per share (pence)

Exceptional	items	(pence)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(pence)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(pence)

Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share (pence)

Discontinued operations

Adjustments	to	profit	after	tax:

Profit after tax (£m)

Exceptional	items	(£m)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(£m)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(£m)

Adjusted (loss)/profit after tax (£m)

Weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	during	the	year:	

-	Basic

-	Dilutive	effect	of	share	options

-	Diluted

Basic	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

Adjusted	basic	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

Diluted	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

Adjusted	diluted	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

The	adjustments	to	profit	after	tax	have	the	following	effect:

Basic and diluted earnings per share (pence)

Exceptional	items	(pence)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(pence)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(pence)

Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share (pence)

2016

2015

(14.4)

3.5

13.0

(0.6)

1.5

(2.0)

2.5

-

(0.4)

0.1

362,486,525

332,796,904

13,074,591

536,550

375,561,116

333,333,454

(4.0)

0.4

(4.0)

0.4

(4.0)

1.0

3.6

(0.2)

0.4

(0.6)

-

(0.6)

-

(0.6)

0.7

-

(0.1)

-

2016

2015

0.2

(0.3)

-

  -

(0.1)

0.7

(0.1)

-

(0.1)

0.5

362,486,525

332,796,904

13,074,591

536,550

375,561,116

333,333,454

0.1

-

0.1

-

0.1

(0.1)

-

-

-

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

-

-

-

0.2

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

60

10. Discontinued operations 

No	operations	were	classified	as	discontinued	during	either	the	current	or	prior	years.	The	profit	from	operations	discontinued	in	2014	is	analysed	below.	Only	
those	costs	directly	attributable	to	the	disposed	titles	have	been	classified	within	discontinued	operations	and	no	apportionment	of	central	overheads	has	
been	made.

Revenue

Cost	of	sales

Gross	(loss)/profit

Distribution	expenses

Administration	expenses

2016
£m

 -

(0.1)

(0.1)

 -

 -

Operating (loss)/profit before depreciation, amortisation, exceptional items and impairment of intangible assets

(0.1)

Operating (loss)/profit

(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations before tax

(Loss)/profit after tax from discontinued operations

Gain	on	sale	of	operations

Tax	on	sale	of	operations

Gain	on	sale	of	operations	after	tax

Profit from discontinued operations

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.1)

      0.3

 -

      0.3

      0.2

2015
£m

0.2

0.4

0.6

(0.1)

	-

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.1

0.1

0.2

0.7

The	gain	on	sale	of	operations	in	2016	relates	to	the	release	of	a	provision	associated	with	historic	magazine	disposals.	The	gain	on	sale	of	operations	
in	2015	related	to	contingent	consideration	received	in	relation	to	the	Craft	titles.

11. Property, plant and equipment 

Group

Cost 

At	1	October	2014

Additions

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At	30	September	2015

Additions

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At 30 September 2016

Accumulated depreciation

At	1	October	2014

Charge	for	the	year

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At	30	September	2015

Charge	for	the	year

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At 30 September 2016

Net book value at 30 September 2016

Net	book	value	at	30	September	2015

Net	book	value	at	1	October	2014

Land and 
buildings
£m

Plant and 
machinery
£m 

Equipment, 
fixtures and 
fittings
£m 

2.9

-

(1.4)

	0.1

1.6

-

(1.1)

  -

0.5

(2.6)

(0.1)

1.4

(0.1)

(1.4)

 -

1.1

 -

(0.3)

0.2

0.2

0.3

4.9

0.2

		-

0.1

5.2

0.3

(2.4)

0.2

3.3

(4.4)

(0.3)

		-

(0.2)

(4.9)

(0.3)

2.3

(0.2)

(3.1)

0.2

0.3

0.5

																					2.3

-

(0.6)

																				0.1

1.8

-

(1.6)

                    0.1

0.3

(2.1)

(0.1)

0.5

-

(1.7)

(0.1)

1.6

-

(0.2)

                    0.1

																				0.1

0.2

Total
£m 

10.1

0.2

(2.0)

0.3

8.6

0.3

(5.1)

0.3

4.1

(9.1)

(0.5)

1.9

(0.3)

(8.0)

(0.4)

5.0

(0.2)

(3.6)

0.5

0.6

1.0

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Depreciation	is	included	within	administration	expenses	in	the	consolidated	income	statement.	

 
 
 
 
61

Future plc

Financial 
statements

12. Intangible assets 

Group

Cost 

At	1	October	2014

Additions

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At	30	September	2015

Additions	through	business	combinations

Other	additions

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At 30 September 2016

Accumulated amortisation

At	1	October	2014

Charge	for	the	year

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At	30	September	2015

Charge	for	the	year

Impairment

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At 30 September 2016

Net book value at 30 September 2016

Net	book	value	at	30	September	2015

Net	book	value	at	1	October	2014

Goodwill
£m

Magazine  
and website
£m

285.6

-

		-

1.9

287.5

1.5

-

-

4.9

293.9

(244.7)

-

-

(1.9)

(246.6)

-

(13.0)

-

(4.8)

(264.4)

29.5

40.9

40.9

15.2

-

(3.1)

0.3

12.4

1.1

-

(0.2)

1.0

14.3

(15.1)

(0.1)

3.1

(0.3)

(12.4)

 -

 -

0.2

(1.0)

(13.2)

1.1

	-

0.1

Other
£m 

15.3

1.8

(2.8)

0.5

14.8

 -

1.7

(0.2)

1.2

17.5

(11.9)

(2.2)

2.7

(0.5)

(11.9)

(2.0)

 -

0.2

(1.2)

(14.9)

2.6

2.9

3.4

Total
£m 

316.1

1.8

(5.9)

2.7

314.7

2.6

1.7

(0.4)

7.1

325.7

(271.7)

(2.3)

5.8

(2.7)

(270.9)

(2.0)

(13.0)

0.4

(7.0)

(292.5)

33.2

43.8

44.4

Magazine	and	website	related	assets	relate	mainly	to	trademarks,	advertising	relationships,	e-commerce	technology	and	customer	lists.	These	assets	
are	amortised	over	their	estimated	economic	lives,	typically	ranging	between	one	and	fifteen	years.

Any	residual	amount	arising	as	a	result	of	the	purchase	consideration	being	in	excess	of	the	value	of	identified	magazine	related	assets	is	recorded	
as	goodwill.		Goodwill	is	not	amortised	under	IFRS,	but	is	subject	to	impairment	testing	either	annually	or	on	the	occurrence	of	some	triggering	event.		
Goodwill	is	recorded	and	tested	for	impairment	on	a	territory	by	territory	basis.

Further	details	regarding	the	intangible	assets	acquired	during	the	year	through	business	combinations	are	set	out	in	note	29.

Other	intangibles	relate	to	capitalised	software	costs	and	website	development	costs.	

Amortisation	is	included	within	administration	expenses	in	the	consolidated	income	statement.

Impairment assessments for goodwill and other intangibles
The	goodwill	balance	at	30	September	2016	and	30	September	2015	relates	to	the	UK.

The	basis	for	calculating	recoverable	amounts	is	described	in	the	accounting	policies.

Trends	in	the	economic	and	financial	environment,	competition	and	regulatory	authorities’	decisions,	or	changes	in	competitor	behaviour	in	response	
to	the	economic	environment	may	affect	the	estimate	of	recoverable	amounts,	as	will	unforeseen	changes	in	the	political,	economic	or	legal	systems	
of	some	countries.

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

62

12. Intangible assets (continued)

Other	assumptions	that	influence	estimated	recoverable	amounts	are	set	out	below:

At	30	September	2016

Basis	of	recoverable	amount
Source	used

Growth	rate	to	perpetuity

EBITDAE	margins	assumed

Post-tax	discount	rate

Pre-tax	discount	rate

At	30	September	2015

Basis	of	recoverable	amount
Source	used

Growth	rate	to	perpetuity

EBITDAE	margins	assumed

Post-tax	discount	rate

Pre-tax	discount	rate

UK

Value	in	use
Five	year	plans
Discounted	cash	flow

2.0%

2.4%	to	3.7%

8.2%

10.3%

UK

Value	in	use
Five	year	plans
Discounted	cash	flow

2.0%

5.2%	to	12.4%

9.0%

11.3%

Sensitivity of recoverable amounts
At	30	September	2016	the	analysis	of	the	recoverable	amounts	gave	rise	to	the	following	assessments	of	sensitivity:

UK
An	impairment	charge	has	been	recorded	in	the	year	as	noted	below.	Therefore	the	value	in	use	is	effectively	the	same	as	the	carrying	value.	Any	future	
performance	which	falls	slightly	short	of	that	used	to	determine	those	values	would	be	liable	to	result	in	a	further	impairment.	A	change	of	plus	or	minus	50	
basis	points	in	the	post-tax	discount	rate	would	decrease	or	increase	respectively	the	recoverable	amount	by	£1.6m.	Likewise	a	change	of	plus	or	minus	
10%	in	the	forecast	cash	flows	over	the	next	five	years	would	increase	or	decrease	respectively	the	recoverable	amount	by	£0.6m.

Impairment 
At	30	September	2016	an	impairment	charge	of	£13.0m	has	been	taken	against	the	carrying	value	of	the	UK	business.	This	reflects	a	shift	in	the	underlying	
forecast	profitability	and	cash	flows	of	the	UK	and	the	continued	decline	of	print.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
63

Future plc

Financial 
statements

13. Investments in Group undertakings

Company

Shares in Group undertakings

At	1	October

Provision	for	impairment

At	30	September

2016
£m

131.9

(130.9)

1.0

2015
£m

131.9

		-

131.9

In	September	2016	the	Directors	reviewed	their	valuations	of	the	Company’s	investments.	Following	this	review,	and	the	receipt	of	a	dividend	of	£130.9m,	the	
Company’s	investment	in	Rho	Holdings	Limited	was	written	down	to	a	carrying	value	of	£nil	resulting	in	an	impairment	charge	of	£130.9m.

14. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The	following	are	the	major	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	recognised	by	the	Group,	and	the	movements	thereon,	during	the	current	and	prior	years.

At	1	October	2014	and	30	September	2015

Acquisitions

Credited	to	income	statement	
–	Continuing	operations

Exchange	adjustment

At 30 September 2016

Intangible 
assets
£m

Short term 
timing 
differences
£m

Depreciation vs 
tax allowances
£m

Tax losses
£m

(0.7)

(0.3)

0.1

	-

(0.9)

		-

		-

0.2

		-

0.2

0.4

		-

0.1

		-

0.5

0.1

-

1.4

0.2

1.7

Total
£m

(0.2)

(0.3)

1.8

0.2

1.5

The	changes	to	the	main	rate	of	corporation	tax	for	the	UK	announced	in	the	July	2015	Budget	were	substantively	enacted	on	18	November	2015	
and	the	change	announced	in	the	March	2016	Budget	was	substantively	enacted	on	15	September	2016.	The	changes	reduced	the	main	rate	of	
corporation	tax	to	19%	from	1	April	2017	and	to	17%	from	1	April	2020.	As	these	changes	had	been	substantively	enacted	before	the	year-end,	any	
impact	has	been	included	in	these	financial	statements.

Certain	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	have	been	offset	against	each	other	where	they	relate	to	the	same	jurisdiction.	The	following	is	the	analysis	
of	deferred	tax	balances	after	offset	for	balance	sheet	purposes:

Deferred	tax	assets

Deferred	tax	liabilities

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

2016
£m

2.4

(0.9)

1.5

2015
£m

0.5

(0.7)

(0.2)

The	deferred	tax	asset	of	£2.4m	(2015:	£0.5m)	is	disclosed	as	a	non-current	asset	of	which	the	assets	due	within	one	year	total	£0.1m	(2015:	£0.1m).	
The	deferred	tax	liability	of	£0.9m	(2015:	£0.7m)	is	disclosed	as	a	non-current	liability	of	which	the	liabilities	due	within	one	year	total	£nil	(2015:	£nil).

As	at	30	September	2016	the	Group	has:
•	unprovided	deferred	tax	assets	on	tax	losses	totalling	£5.9m	(2015:	£16.1m)	of	which	£5.4m	(2015:	£15.0m)	arose	in	the	US;	and
•	unprovided	deferred	tax	assets	on	other	temporary	differences	totalling	£1.1m	(2015:	£1.1m)	of	which	£1.1m	(2015:	£1.1m)	arose	in	the	US.

Deferred	tax	assets	have	been	recognised	in	respect	of	tax	losses	and	other	temporary	differences	where	it	is	probable	that	these	assets	will	be	
recovered.	

No	deferred	tax	is	recognised	on	the	unremitted	earnings	of	overseas	subsidiaries	as	any	remitted	earnings	would	not	give	rise	to	a	tax	liability	in	the	
foreseeable	future.

The	Company	has	no	unprovided	deferred	tax	assets	or	liabilities	at	30	September	2016	(2015:	£nil).

 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

64

15. Inventories 

Raw	materials

Work	in	progress

Finished	goods
Total

2016
£m

0.1

0.3

-
0.4

The	cost	of	raw	material	inventories	recognised	as	an	expense	and	included	within	cost	of	sales	amounted	to	£3.5m	(2015:	£3.5m).

16. Trade and other receivables

Current assets:

Trade	receivables

Provisions	for	impairment	of	trade	receivables

Trade	receivables	net

Amounts	owed	by	Group	undertakings

Other	receivables

Prepayments	and	accrued	income

Non-current assets:

Other	receivables

Total

Group
2016
£m

Company
2016
£m

9.2

(0.6)

8.6

-

0.3

3.3

12.2

0.2

12.4

-

-

-

43.4

-

0.1

43.5

-

43.5

Group
2015
£m

11.3

(0.6)

10.7

-

0.5

4.0

15.2

0.1

15.3

2015
£m

0.1

0.3

0.1
0.5

Company
2015
£m

-

-

-

46.7

-

-

46.7

-

46.7

The	Directors	consider	that	the	carrying	amount	of	trade	and	other	receivables	approximates	their	fair	value.

Receivable	balances	from	the	two	main	magazine	distributors,	one	in	the	UK	segment	and	one	in	the	US	segment,	represented	26%	(2015:	30%)	of	
the	Group’s	trade	receivables	balance	at	30	September	2016.	

The	Group	has	provided	for	estimated	irrecoverable	amounts	in	accordance	with	its	accounting	policy	described	on	page	52	of	these	financial	
statements.	

Credit	checks	are	obtained	and,	if	applicable,	guarantees	put	in	place	before	a	new	customer	is	accepted	and	terms	and	credit	limits	are	agreed.	
Bookings	are	not	taken	before	these	factors	have	been	fulfilled.	In	addition,	annual	credit	checks	are	carried	out	and	fully	documented.	Final	decisions	
on	credit	terms	are	made	by	an	appropriate	senior	manager	within	advertising	or	finance.	In	the	event	of	a	request	to	increase	a	customer’s	credit	limit	
the	following	factors	will	be	considered:	trading	history	to	date,	review	of	credit	status	and	review	of	the	reason	for	the	increase.

Included	within	the	Group’s	trade	receivables	balance	are	receivables	with	a	carrying	amount	of	£3.0m	(2015:	£2.9m)	which	are	past	due	at	the	
reporting	date	but	for	which	the	Group	has	not	provided	as	there	has	not	been	a	significant	change	in	credit	quality	and	the	Group	believes	that	the	
amounts	are	still	recoverable.	These	relate	to	advertising	and	licensing	debtors	in	the	UK	and	US.	The	Group	does	not	hold	any	security	over	these	
balances.	A	breakdown	of	the	ageing	is	set	out	below:

Past due

0-30	days

31-60	days

61-90	days

91+	days

Total

Group
2016
£m

1.6

0.8

0.3

0.3

3.0

Group
2015
£m

0.7

0.5

0.5

1.2

2.9

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
65

Future plc

Financial 
statements

16. Trade and other receivables (continued)

As	at	30	September	2016,	trade	receivables	of	£0.6m	(2015:	£0.6m)	were	impaired	and	provided	for.	The	individually	impaired	receivables	mainly	
relate	to	advertising	and	licensing	customers.	It	is	assessed	that	a	portion	of	the	receivables	is	expected	to	be	recovered.	

The	movement	in	the	Group	provision	for	trade	receivables	during	the	year	is	as	follows:

At	1	October	

Provision	for	receivables	impaired

Receivables	written	off	during	the	year	

At 30 September 

Group
2016
£m

0.6

0.1

(0.1)

0.6

Group
2015
£m

1.1

(0.1)

(0.4)

0.6

The	creation	and	release	of	provisions	for	impaired	receivables	have	been	included	in	administration	expenses	in	the	income	statement	with	the	
exception	of	a	credit	of	£0.4m	in	2015	relating	to	a	distributor	that	filed	for	bankruptcy	which	was	included	within	exceptional	items,	as	described	in	
note	4.	Amounts	charged	to	the	provision	are	written	off	when	there	is	no	realistic	expectation	of	recovering	additional	cash.	

The	other	asset	classes	within	trade	and	other	receivables	do	not	contain	impaired	assets.

The	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	at	the	reporting	date	is	the	carrying	value	of	each	class	of	receivable	mentioned	above.	The	Group	does	not	hold	
any	collateral	as	security	for	trade	receivables.

All	the	Company’s	receivables	are	with	Group	undertakings,	with	the	exception	of	£0.1m	(2015:	£nil)	relating	to	prepaid	share	issue	costs,	and	no	
additional	disclosure	in	relation	to	credit	risk	is	required.	Interest	on	£0.3m	(2015:	£0.3m)	of	the	amounts	owed	by	Group	undertakings	has	been	
charged	at	three-month	LIBOR	+	2.6%.	The	balance	of	amounts	owed	by	Group	undertakings	is	interest-free	without	any	terms	for	repayment.

17. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash	at	bank	and	in	hand

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdraft)

Group
2016
£m

2.9

2.9

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	include	the	following	for	the	purposes	of	the	cash	flow	statements:

Cash	at	bank	and	in	hand

Bank	overdraft	(note	19)

Cash and cash equivalents

Group
2016
£m

2.9

  -

2.9

Company
2016
£m

-

-

Company
2016
£m

-

(1.0)

(1.0)

Group
2015
£m

2.5

2.5

Group
2015
£m

2.5

(0.9)

1.6

Company
2015
£m

-

-

Company
2015
£m

-

(8.8)

(8.8)

The	Group	has	a	number	of	authorised	counterparties	with	whom	cash	balances	are	held	in	the	countries	in	which	the	Group	operates.		Credit	risk	is	
minimised	by	considering	the	credit	standing	of	all	potential	bankers	before	selecting	them	by	the	use	of	external	credit	ratings.	98%	of	the	Group’s	
cash	is	held	at	counterparties	with	an	S+P	credit	rating	of	BBB+.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

66

18. Trade and other payables

Trade	payables

Amounts	owed	to	Group	undertakings

Other	taxation	and	social	security

Other	payables

Accruals	and	deferred	income

Total

Group
2016
£m

4.4

-

0.8

0.8

15.4

21.4

Company
2016
£m

-

0.8

-

-

1.6

2.4

Group
2015
£m

6.8

-

0.7

1.2

12.0

20.7

Company
2015
£m

-

124.0

-

-

-

124.0

Trade	payables	and	accruals	principally	comprise	amounts	outstanding	for	trade	purchases	and	ongoing	costs.	The	Group	has	financial	risk	
management	policies	in	place	to	ensure	all	payables	are	paid	within	the	agreed	credit	terms.

The	Directors	consider	that	the	carrying	amount	of	trade	payables	approximates	to	their	fair	value.

Amounts	owed	to	Group	undertakings	were	settled	in	the	year	through	assignment	of	amounts	owed	by	other	Group	undertakings.	Amounts	owed	to	
Group	undertakings	are	unsecured	and	interest-free	without	any	terms	for	repayment.

19. Financial liabilities – loans, borrowings and overdrafts

Non-current liabilities

Obligations	under	finance	leases	

9.6%

-

Interest rate at
30 September
2016

Interest	rate	at
30	September
2015

Total

Current liabilities

Bank	overdraft	

Sterling	revolving	loan	

Total

Interest rate at
30 September
2016

Interest	rate	at
30	September
2015

-

2.5%

3.0%

3.0%

The	interest-bearing	loans	and	overdraft	are	repayable	as	follows:

Within	one	year

Between	one	and	two	years

Total

Group
2016
£m

0.1

0.1

Group
2016
£m

  -

2.3

2.3

Group
2016
£m

2.3

0.1

2.4

Company
2016
£m

-

-

Company
2016
£m

-

2.3

2.3

Company
2016
£m

2.3

 -

2.3

Group
2015
£m

-

-

Group
2015
£m

0.9

3.4

4.3

Group
2015
£m

4.3

	-

4.3

Company
2015
£m

-

-

Company
2015
£m

0.9

3.4

4.3

Company
2015
£m

4.3

	-

4.3

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
67

Future plc

Financial 
statements

19. Financial liabilities – loans, borrowings and overdrafts (continued)

The	total	multicurrency	revolving	and	overdraft	facility	available	to	the	Group	at	30	September	2016	amounted	to	£5.0m.	On	21	October	2016,	following	
the	acquisition	of	Imagine,	the	Group	negotiated	a	new	bank	facility	with	HSBC	Bank	plc	to	replace	its	existing	facility	with	Santander	plc	and	now	
has	facilities	totalling	£14.0m,	comprising	an	£8.5m	term	loan,	a	£3.5m	revolving	credit	facility	and	a	£2.0m	uncommitted	overdraft	facility.	The	new	
facilities	run	to	23	June	2021.	Repayments	are	required	in	respect	of	the	term	loan	as	follows:

Repayment date

30	September	2017

30	September	2018

30	September	2019

30	September	2020

23 June 2021

Repayment amount

£600,000

£800,000

£1,000,000

£1,250,000

£4,850,000

The	Group	has	granted	security	to	the	banks	and	the	availability	of	the	facility	is	subject	to	certain	covenants.

Fees	relating	to	the	new	facility	amounted	to	£0.4m	and	these	will	be	amortised	over	the	initial	term	of	the	facility	(capitalised	fees	relating	to	the	old	
facility	were	£0.1m	at	30	September	2016).	The	bank	borrowings	and	interest	are	guaranteed	by	Future	plc,	Future	Holdings	2002	Limited,	Future	
Publishing	Limited,	Future	US,	Inc,	Future	Publishing	(Overseas)	Limited,	Future	IP	Limited,	FutureFolio	Limited	and	all	of	the	entities	acquired	as	part	
of	the	Imagine	acquisition	(being	Miura	(Holdings)	Limited,	Fascination	(Holdings)	Limited,	Skaro	(Holdings)	Limited,	Imagine	Publishing	Group	Limited	
and	Imagine	Publishing	Limited).

Interest	payable	under	the	current	credit	facility	is	calculated	as	the	cost	of	one-month	LIBOR	(currently	approximately	0.3%)	plus	an	interest	margin	of	
between	2.00%	and	2.50%,	dependent	on	the	level	of	Bank	EBITDAE.

The	key	covenants	are	set	out	in	the	following	table	where	net	debt	is	exclusive	of	non-current	tax	and	Bank	EBITDAE	is	not	materially	different	to	
statutory	EBITDAE	on	a	total	Group	basis.

Net	debt/Bank	EBITDAE

Bank	EBITDAE/Interest

Periods	from	31	March	2017	–	less	than	2.25	times

Periods	from	31	March	2017	–	more	than	4.00	times

The	covenants	are	tested	quarterly	on	the	basis	of	rolling	figures	for	the	preceding	12	months.	Due	to	the	change	of	bankers	no	covenant	testing	was	
required	at	year-end,	however	the	Group	was	in	full	compliance	with	all	covenants	at	all	testing	dates	during	the	year	ended	30	September	2016.

The	Company	also	has	a	non-interest-bearing	overdraft	of	£1.0m	(2015:	£7.9m)	which	forms	part	of	the	Group	cash	pooling	account	and	can	be	offset	
against	cash	balances	in	other	Group	companies.

20. Provisions

Group

At	1	October	2015

Charged	in	the	year

Released	in	the	year

Utilised	in	the	year

At 30 September 2016

Property 
£m

2.1

0.2

(0.5)

(0.3)

1.5

The	provision	for	property	relates	to	dilapidations	and	obligations	under	short	leasehold	agreements	on	vacant	property.		The	vacant	property	provision	is	
expected	to	be	utilised	over	the	next	five	years.	

Provisions	for	the	Company	were	£nil	(2015:	£nil).		

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

68

21. Other non-current liabilities

Group

Other	payables

2016
£m

0.5

2015
£m

0.8

Other	payables	consist	mainly	of	deferred	property	lease	liabilities	and,	in	2015,	deferred	subscription	revenue.

22. Financial instruments 

Financial instruments by category

The	Group’s	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	are	set	out	below:

Group

Trade	receivables	net

Other	receivables

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total financial assets
Trade	payables
Other	liabilities

Overdraft

Current	borrowings

Non-current	borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Group

Trade	receivables	net

Other	receivables

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total financial assets

Trade	payables

Other	liabilities

Overdraft

Current	borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Amortised cost 

2016

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying 
value
£m

Total fair
value
£m

8.6

1.7

2.9

13.2
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
(4.4)
(10.3)

  -

(2.3)

(0.1)

(17.1)

8.6

1.7

2.9

13.2
(4.4)
(10.3)

  -

(2.3)

(0.1)

(17.1)

8.6

1.7

2.9

13.2
(4.4)
(10.3)

  -

(2.3)

(0.1)

(17.1)

Amortised cost 

2015

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying 
value
£m

Total fair 
value
£m

10.7

2.4

2.5

15.6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(6.8)

(10.5)

(0.9)

(3.4)

(21.6)

10.7

2.4

2.5

15.6

(6.8)

(10.5)

(0.9)

(3.4)

(21.6)

10.7

2.4

2.5

15.6

(6.8)

(10.5)

(0.9)

(3.4)

(21.6)

Note

16

17

18

19

19

19

Note

16

17

18

19

19

Total	financial	liabilities	are	shown	net	of	unamortised	costs	which	amounted	to	£0.1m	(2015:	£0.1m).

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
69

Future plc

Financial 
statements

22. Financial instruments (continued) 

The	Company’s	financial	assets	and	liabilities	are	set	out	below:

Company

Other	receivables

Total financial assets

Other	liabilities

Overdrafts

Current	borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Company

Other	receivables

Total financial assets

Other	liabilities

Overdrafts

Current	borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Amortised cost

2016

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying
 value
£m

Total fair
 value
£m

43.4

43.4

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2.4)

(1.0)

(2.3)

(5.7)

43.4

43.4

(2.4)

(1.0)

(2.3)

(5.7)

Amortised cost 

2015

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying 
value
£m

46.7

46.7

-

-

-

-

-

-

(124.0)

(8.8)

(3.4)

(136.2)

46.7

46.7

(124.0)

(8.8)

(3.4)

(136.2)

43.4

43.4

(2.4)

(1.0)

(2.3)

(5.7)

Total fair
 value
£m

46.7

46.7

(124.0)

(8.8)

(3.4)

(136.2)

Note

16

18

19

19

Note

16

18

19

19

Total	financial	liabilities	are	shown	net	of	unamortised	costs	which	amounted	to	£0.1m	(2015:	£0.1m).

The	fair	value	is	the	amount	for	which	a	financial	instrument	could	be	exchanged	between	knowledgeable,	willing	parties.	If	an	active	market	exists,	
the	market	price	is	applied.	If	an	active	market	does	not	exist	a	discounted	cash	flow	or	generally	accepted	estimation	and	valuation	technique	based	
on	market	conditions	at	the	balance	sheet	date	is	used	to	calculate	an	estimated	value.

The	market	value	of	financial	instruments	is	determined	by	the	use	of	valuation	techniques	including	estimated	discounted	cash	flows.

Treasury overview
The	Group	uses	financial	instruments	to	raise	funding	for	its	operations	and	to	manage	the	financial	risks	arising	from	those	operations.	The	agreements	
governing	the	principal	instruments	entered	into	were	approved	by	the	Board.

The	principal	financing	and	treasury	exposures	faced	by	the	Group	arise	from	foreign	currencies,	working	capital	management,	the	financing	of	capital	
expenditure	and	acquisitions,	the	management	of	interest	rates	on	the	Group’s	debt,	the	investment	of	surplus	cash	and	the	management	of	the	Group’s	
debt	facilities.	The	Group	manages	all	of	these	exposures	with	an	objective	of	remaining	within	covenant	ratios	agreed	with	the	Group’s	banks,	and	the	
Group	has	been	in	compliance	with	its	covenants	during	the	year.	These	ratios	are	disclosed	in	note	19.

The	capital	structure	of	the	Group	is	reviewed	regularly	by	the	Board	to	ensure	that	the	debt/equity	ratio	of	funding	remains	appropriate	for	the	Group.

In	order	to	maintain	or	adjust	the	capital	structure,	the	Group	may	return	capital	to	shareholders,	issue	new	shares	or	sell	assets	to	reduce	debt.

 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

70

22. Financial instruments (continued)

Currency and interest rate profile
The	currency	and	interest	rate	profile	of	the	Group’s	financial	assets	and	liabilities	is	shown	below:

At 30 September 2016

Currency:

Sterling

US	Dollar

Euro

Other

Total

At	30	September	2015

Currency:

Sterling

US	Dollar

Euro

Other

Total

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Floating 
rate
£m

Non- 
interest 
bearing
£m

Total
£m

Floating 
rate
£m

Fixed 
rate
£m

Non-
interest 
bearing
£m 

Net financial 
(liabilities)/ 
assets
£m

Total
£m

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4.1

7.5

0.4

1.2

4.1

7.5

0.4

1.2

(2.3)

(0.1)

(10.2)

(12.6)

(8.5)

              -

              -

              -

  -

  -

  -

(3.2)

(0.2)

(1.1)

(3.2)

(0.2)

(1.1)

4.3

0.2

0.1

13.2

13.2

(2.3)

(0.1)

(14.7)

(17.1)

(3.9)

9.6

4.7

0.6

0.7

9.6

4.7

0.6

0.7

(4.3)

														-

														-

														-

15.6

15.6

(4.3)

		-

		-

		-

		-

		-

(13.4)

(17.7)

(8.1)

(3.5)

(0.1)

(0.3)

(3.5)

(0.1)

(0.3)

1.2

0.5

0.4

(17.3)

(21.6)

(6.0)

Interest rate risk
Details	of	the	interest	rates	on	borrowings	as	at	30	September	2016	are	set	out	in	note	19.	

The	Group’s	overall	policy	on	hedging	interest	rate	risk	is	as	follows:
•	To	the	extent	that	net	debt	is	below	£10m	there	is	no	requirement	to	hedge	against	interest	rate	fluctuations	on	the	balance	of	the	gross	debt.
•	To	the	extent	that	net	debt	is	above	£10m	a	minimum	of	25%	of	the	balance	of	the	gross	debt	greater	than	£10m	should	be	hedged.

In	applying	the	above	policy,	management	takes	full	consideration	of	cash	flow	projections	to	fix	the	period	for	which	any	hedging	arrangements	are	
entered	into.

For	2016,	if	interest	rates	on	net	borrowings	had	been	on	average	0.5%	higher/lower	with	all	other	variables	held	constant,	the	post-tax	loss	for	the	
year	would	have	decreased/increased	by	£nil	(2015:	£nil).	

There	would	be	no	impact	on	equity	excluding	retained	earnings.

Foreign exchange risk
Some	of	the	Group’s	activities	are	carried	out	in	countries	outside	the	United	Kingdom	where	transactions	are	carried	out	in	that	country’s	own	
functional	currency.	Movements	in	exchange	rates	can	therefore	have	a	significant	impact	on	the	Group’s	total	cash	flows,	whilst	the	translation	of	the	
results,	assets	and	liabilities	of	foreign	operations	into	sterling	can	have	a	significant	effect	on	the	Group’s	reported	profits	and	balance	sheet.	The	
main	exposures	are	to	movements	in	the	US	Dollar	and	Australian	Dollar	against	sterling.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
71

Future plc

Financial 
statements

22. Financial instruments (continued)

The	Group’s	policy	for	managing	exchange	rate	risk	is	summarised	as	follows:

•	

	Transaction	exposure	-	the	Group	manages	this	by	ensuring	that	transactions	are	denominated	in	the	local	functional	currency	of	the	operating	units	
wherever	possible.	Where	this	is	not	possible	the	use	of	forward	contracts	to	hedge	exposure	is	considered.	The	use	of	forward	contracts	(or	any	
other	derivative	financial	instrument)	is	subject	to	authorisation	by	the	Chief	Financial	Officer.

•	 Translation	exposure	–	the	Group	matches	currency	assets	with	currency	liabilities	wherever	possible.

The	following	table	summarises	the	Group’s	sensitivity	to	translational	currency	exposures	at	30	September:

2016 currency risks expressed in 
Currency 1/Currency 2
£m

Reasonable	shift

Impact	on	loss	after	tax	if	Currency	1	strengthens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	loss	after	tax	if	Currency	1	weakens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	equity	excluding	retained	earnings	if	Currency	1	strengthens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	equity	excluding	retained	earnings	if	Currency	1	weakens	against	Currency	2

2015	currency	risks	expressed	in	
Currency	1/Currency	2
£m

Reasonable	shift

Impact	on	loss	after	tax	if	Currency	1	strengthens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	loss	after	tax	if	Currency	1	weakens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	equity	excluding	retained	earnings	if	Currency	1	strengthens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	equity	excluding	retained	earnings	if	Currency	1	weakens	against	Currency	2

GBP/USD

GBP/AUD

10%

(0.5)

                  0.5

                  0.5

(0.5)

10%

-

-

-

-

GBP/USD

GBP/AUD

10%

-

-

-

-

10%

0.1

(0.1)

(0.1)

0.1

Liquidity risk
The	Group	funds	the	business	largely	from	cash	flows	generated	from	operations	and	long-term	debt.	Details	of	the	Group’s	borrowings	are	disclosed	
in	note	19.

The	Group	monitors	and	manages	the	cash	for	the	Group	and	has	maintained	committed	banking	facilities	as	noted	above	to	mitigate	any	liquidity	
risk	it	may	face.	If	necessary,	inter-company	loans	within	the	Group	meet	short-term	cash	needs.	The	following	table	shows	the	Group’s	remaining	
contractual	maturity	for	financial	liabilities	and	derivative	financial	instruments.	The	table	has	been	drawn	up	based	on	the	undiscounted	cash	flows	of	
financial	liabilities	based	on	the	earliest	date	on	which	the	Group	is	obliged	to	pay:	

30 September 2016

Trade	payables

Other	liabilities

Overdraft

Borrowings

Total financial liabilities

30	September	2015

Trade	payables

Other	liabilities

Overdraft

Borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Less than 
one year
£m

Between one 
and two years
£m

Between two 
and five years
£m

Over five 
years
£m

(4.4)

(9.2)

  -

(2.3)

(15.9)

-

(0.1)

-

(0.1)

(0.2)

-

(1.0)

-

-

(1.0)

-

  -

-

-

  -

Less than 
one year
£m

Between one 
and two years
£m

Between two 
and five years
£m

Over five 
years
£m

(6.8)

(9.3)

(0.9)

(3.4)

(20.4)

-

(0.1)

-

-

(0.1)

-

(0.9)

-

-

(0.9)

-

(0.2)

-

-

(0.2)

Total
£m

(4.4)

(10.3)

  -

(2.4)

(17.1)

Total
£m

(6.8)

(10.5)

(0.9)

(3.4)

(21.6)

 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

72

23. Issued share capital

Authorised share capital 
600,000,000 Ordinary shares of 1p each

Allotted, issued and fully paid Ordinary shares of 1p each

At	beginning	of	year

Placing	of	Ordinary	shares

Share	scheme	exercises

Share	Incentive	Plan	matching	shares

At end of year

2016
£m

6.0

                           2016

                        2015

Number of 
shares

334,441,247

33,440,000

861,894

15,446

£m

3.3

0.4

-

-

Number	of	
shares

333,781,473

-

653,725

6,049

368,758,587

3.7

334,441,247

2015
£m

6.0

£m

3.3

		-

-

-

3.3

On	27	November	2015	the	Company	completed	a	placing	of	33,440,000	Ordinary	shares	with	a	nominal	value	of	£334,400	for	a	total	cash	
commitment	of	£3,344,000.	During	the	year	861,894	Ordinary	shares	with	a	nominal	value	of	£8,619	were	issued	by	the	Company	pursuant	to	share	
scheme	exercises	and	a	further	15,446	Ordinary	shares	were	issued	under	the	Share	Incentive	Plan	for	a	total	cash	commitment	of	£nil,	as	detailed	in	
note	24.

In	2015	653,725	Ordinary	shares	with	a	nominal	value	of	£6,537	were	issued	by	the	Company	for	a	total	cash	commitment	of	£nil	pursuant	to	share	
scheme	exercises	as	detailed	in	note	24.

24.  Share-based payments

The	income	statement	charge	for	the	year	for	share-based	payments	was	£0.5m	(2015:	£0.1m).	This	charge	has	been	included	within	administration 	
expenses.

These	charges	arise	when	employees	are	granted	awards	under	the	Group’s	share	option	schemes,	performance	share	plan	(PSP),	deferred 	
annual	bonus	scheme	(DABS)	or	Share	Incentive	Plan	(SIP)	and	when	employees	are	granted	awards	by	the	trustees	of	The	Future	Network	plc 	
1999	Employee	Benefit	Trust	(EBT).	The	charge	equates	to	the	fair	value	of	the	award	and	has	been	calculated	using	the	Monte	Carlo	and	Black-
Scholes	models,	using	the	most	appropriate	model	for	each	scheme.	Assumptions	have	been	made	in	these	models	for	expected	volatility,	risk-free 	
rates	and	dividend	yields.

A	reconciliation	of	movements	in	share	options	and	other	share	incentive	schemes	is	shown	below:

Outstanding	at	the	beginning	of	the	year

Granted

Share	awards	exercised	–	new	share	issues

Lapsed

Outstanding	at	30	September

Exercisable	at	30	September

2016
Number of 
options/awards

2016
Weighted average 
exercise price

2015
Number	of	
options/awards	

2015
Weighted	average	
exercise	price

16,182,214

11,806,730

(861,894)

(6,282,269)

20,844,781

349,304

£0.012

£0.000

£0.000

£0.021

£0.003

£0.000

12,885,930

12,293,441

(653,725)

(8,343,432)

16,182,214

57,052

£0.027

£0.000

£0.000

£0.017

£0.012

£0.000

The	weighted	average	share	price	at	the	date	of	exercise	of	share	options	and	other	share	incentive	awards	during	the	year	was	£0.088	(2015:	£0.104).

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
73

Future plc

Financial 
statements

24. Share-based payments (continued) 

For	options	and	other	share	incentive	schemes	outstanding	at	30	September	the	weighted	average	exercise	prices	and	remaining	contractual	lives	are	
as	follows:

Number of options/awards

Weighted average exercise price

Weighted average remaining 
contractual life in years

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

Sharesave Plan

December	2012

December	2013

PSP

December	2012

December	2013

July	2014

February	2015

May	2015

August	2015

November	2015

September	2016

DABS

November	2009

December	2010

January	2012

December	2012

December	2013

November	2015

-

520,606

-

2,156,022

2,500,000

3,717,353

1,046,979

1,647,834

6,388,860

2,415,730

1,043

5,924

25,304

7,050

102,093

309,983

691,958

805,833

678,159

2,156,022

2,500,000

6,336,415

1,046,979

1,647,834

-

-

1,043

5,924

50,085

159,869

102,093

-

£0.140

£0.130

£0.140

£0.130

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total outstanding at 30 September

20,844,781

16,182,214

£0.003

£0.012

The	fair	value	per	share	for	grants	made	during	the	year	and	the	assumptions	used	in	the	calculation	are	as	follows:

-

1

-

-

1

1

2

2

2

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

Grant	date

Share	price	at	grant	date

Exercise	price

Vesting	period	(years)	

Expected	volatility

Option	life	(years)

Expected	life	(years)

Risk-free	rate

Dividend	yield

Fair	value	

Fair	value	–	EPS	element

Fair	value	–	cash	element		

DABS

30/11/15

£0.1088

-

1

50%

1

1

0%

-

2016

PSP 

PSP 

PSP

2015

PSP

30/11/15

£0.1088

01/09/16

£0.088

04/02/15

£0.109

18/05/15

£0.105

-

3

50%

3

3

1%

-

-

3

49%

3

3

0%

-

£0.088

£0.088

£0.088

-

3

55%

3

3

1%

-

£0.101

£0.109

£0.093

-

3

54%

3

3

1%

-

£0.099

£0.105

£0.093

£0.1088

-

-

£0.1088

£0.1088

£0.1088

1

2

-

1

2

2

3

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

2

PSP	

03/08/15

£0.106

-

3

54%

3

3

1%

-

£0.100

£0.106

£0.093

Notes:
1.	The	expected	volatility	is	based	on	Future’s	historical	volatility,	averaged	over	a	period	equal	to	the	expected	life,	where	possible.	
2.		The	Group	has	used	the	Black-Scholes	model	to	value	instruments	with	non-market-based	performance	criteria	such	as	earnings	per	share.		For	instruments	with	market-based	performance	criteria,	
notably	total	shareholder	return,	the	Group	has	used	a	Monte	Carlo	model	to	determine	the	fair	value.	The	Black-Scholes	model	has	been	used	to	value	all	options	with	the	exception	of	50%	of	certain	
PSP	grants	which	have	market-based	performance	criteria;	the	Monte	Carlo	model	has	been	used	to	value	these	awards.

3.		In	February	2016,	the	performance	criteria	in	respect	of	50%	of	awards	granted	in	February	2015,	May	2015	and	August	2015	was	changed	from	TSR	performance	to	net	cash	flow.	The	fair	value	of	

these	awards	has	been	recalculated	as	at	the	date	of	the	change.

Future	plc	operates	one	share	option	scheme	being	the	Future	plc	2010	Approved	Sharesave	Plan	(2010	Sharesave	Plan)	and	at	30	September	2016	
options	had	been	granted	under	this	scheme.

 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

74

24. Share-based payments (continued) 

The 2010 Sharesave Plan (the Sharesave Plan)
Under	the	Sharesave	Plan	the	option	entitlement	granted	to	participating	employees	is	linked	to	the	monthly	contributions	which	such	employees	have	
agreed	to	pay	into	the	Sharesave	Plan	(up	to	a	maximum	amount	of	£250	per	month).	The	options	granted	under	the	Sharesave	Plan	vest	on	the	third	
anniversary	of	the	grant	of	such	options.	Where	legal	and	regulatory	constraints	permit,	the	Company	uses	its	discretion	to	offer	options	granted	under	
the	Sharesave	Plan	at	a	discount	to	the	market	price	in	force	at	the	date	of	the	invitation	being	made.

Other share-based payments
No	further	share	options	are	to	be	granted.	Instead,	the	Group	has	put	into	place	a	number	of	alternative	share	incentive	schemes.

Performance Share Plan (PSP)
The	PSP	is	a	share-based	incentive	scheme	open	to	the	executive	Directors	and	certain	other	key	senior	managers,	usually	based	on	a	percentage	
of	the	participant’s	salary.	Awards	under	this	scheme	are	subject	to	stretching	performance	criteria	measured	against	both	earnings	per	share	(EPS)	
and	either	total	shareholder	return	(TSR)	or	net	cash	flow,	depending	on	the	date	of	grant.	Subject	to	the	participant’s	continued	employment	within	the	
Group,	awards	will	vest	three	years	after	the	date	of	grant	assuming	that	the	following	performance	criteria	are	achieved:

Performance	criteria	in	respect	of	awards	granted	prior	to	4	February	2015

•	

•	

	A	maximum	of	50%	of	an	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	growth	in	adjusted	EPS	is	equal	to	RPI	plus	8%,	0%	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	growth	in	
adjusted	EPS	is	equal	to	RPI	plus	3%,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	pro	rata	straight-line	basis	between	the	two.	If	growth	in	the	Group’s	adjusted	EPS	is	
less	than	RPI	plus	3%,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.

	The	remaining	50%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Company’s	TSR	performance,	compared	to	a	group	of	similar	companies,	places	it	in	the	top	quintile	
as	against	the	comparator	companies.	If	the	Company’s	TSR	performance	is	median,	12.5%	of	the	award	will	vest,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	pro	rata	
straight-line	basis	between	the	two	points.	If	the	Company’s	performance	is	below	median,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.	The	comparator	
group	of	companies	is	as	disclosed	on	page	32	of	this	Annual	Report.

Performance	criteria	in	respect	of	awards	granted	between	4	February	2015	and	29	November	2015

In	February	2016,	the	Remuneration	Committee	exercised	its	discretion	to	change	the	performance	criteria	in	respect	of	50%	of	awards	granted	
between	4	February	2015	and	29	November	2015	from	TSR	performance	to	net	cash	flow	in	order	to	better	align	the	interests	of	participants	and	
shareholders.	There	was	no	change	to	the	EPS	performance	criteria	in	respect	of	the	remaining	50%	of	these	awards.	The	revised	performance	
criteria	are	as	follows:

•	

•	

	A	maximum	of	50%	of	an	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	adjusted	EPS	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017	(the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period)	is	1.4p,	12.5%	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	EPS	is	1.0p,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	pro	rata	straight-line	basis	between	the	two.	If	the	
Group’s	adjusted	EPS	is	below	1.0p,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

	The	remaining	50%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017	(the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period)	is	£1.25m,	12.5%	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	is	£0.25m,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	pro	rata	straight-line	basis	between	
the	two.	If	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	is	below	£0.25m,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

Performance	criteria	in	respect	of	awards	granted	between	30	November	2015	and	30	September	2016

•	

•	

	A	maximum	of	50%	of	an	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	adjusted	EPS	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2018	(the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period)	is	1.5p,	12.5%	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	EPS	is	1.2p,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	pro	rata	straight-line	basis	between	the	two.	If	the	
Group’s	adjusted	EPS	is	below	1.2p,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.

	The	remaining	50%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2018	(the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period)	is	£0.75m,	12.5%	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	is	£(0.25)m,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	pro	rata	straight-line	basis	between	
the	two.	If	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	is	below	£(0.25)m,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

Grants	were	made	under	the	PSP	in	February	2015,	May	2015,	August	2015,	November	2015	and	September	2016.

Deferred Annual Bonus Scheme (DABS)
The	DABS	is	a	share-based	incentive	scheme	open	to	certain	managers	across	the	Group.	The	maximum	value	of	any	shares	granted	under	the	
DABS	to	any	one	participant	will	be	an	amount	which	is	equal	to	a	fixed	percentage	of	that	eligible	participant’s	annual	bonus	for	the	previous	financial	
year.	The	number	of	shares	over	which	an	award	is	to	be	granted	to	each	participant	will	be	calculated	by	reference	to	the	market	value	of	an	Ordinary	
share	in	the	Company	on	the	date	of	the	award.	Unless	the	Remuneration	Committee	decides	otherwise	at	the	date	of	grant,	the	shares	awarded	
under	the	DABS	will	vest	six	months	after	the	date	of	the	award,	subject	only	to	the	employee	remaining	in	the	employment	of	the	Group	throughout	
the	vesting	period.

A	grant	was	made	under	the	DABS	in	November	2015.

Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
In	April	2015	the	Group	adopted	a	SIP	which	is	open	to	all	UK	employees	including	the	executive	Directors.	The	scheme	is	a	tax	efficient	incentive	
plan	pursuant	to	which	employees	are	eligible	to	acquire	up	to	£150	(or	10%	of	salary,	if	less)	worth	of	Ordinary	shares	in	the	Company	per	month	
or	£1,800	per	annum.	Under	the	SIP	employees	are	invited	to	subscribe	for	Partnership	shares	via	salary	deductions.	If	an	employee	agrees	to	buy	
Partnership	shares	the	Company	currently	matches	the	number	of	Partnership	shares	bought	with	an	award	of	Matching	shares	on	the	basis	of	one	
Matching	share	for	every	four	Partnership	shares.	Matching	share	awards	to	date	have	been	met	by	the	issue	of	Ordinary	shares	to	Yorkshire	Building	
Society	as	Trustee	of	the	SIP.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
75

Future plc

Financial 
statements

25. Other reserves

Treasury reserve
The	treasury	reserve	represents	the	cost	of	shares	in	Future	plc	purchased	in	the	market	and	held	by	the	EBT	to	satisfy	awards	made	by	the	trustees.	

At	beginning	and	end	of	year	 

Group 
2016
£m

(0.3)

Group 
2015
£m

(0.3)

The	1,426,848	(2015:	1,426,848)	shares	held	by	the	EBT	represent	0.4%	(2015:	0.4%)	of	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital.	The	treasury	reserve	is	
non-distributable.

Merger reserve
The	merger	reserve	of	£109.0m	(2015:	£109.0m)	arose	following	the	1999	Group	reorganisation	and	is	non-distributable.

26. Pensions

The	Group	operates	a	defined	contribution	scheme	for	employees	resident	in	the	United	Kingdom.

In	the	US,	the	Group	operates	a	section	401(K)	profit	sharing	defined	contribution	plan	in	respect	of	pensions,	which	covers	substantially	all	Future	US	
employees.	The	section	401(K)	plan	allows	employees	to	invest	in	29	funds	run	by	T.	Rowe	Price,	but	the	employees,	not	the	employer,	have	complete	
control	over	which	funds	they	invest	in,	although	they	have	no	control	over	the	stocks	owned	by	the	funds.

During	the	year,	£0.7m	(2015:	£0.8m)	contributions	were	made	to	these	plans	and	at	30	September	2016	the	outstanding	balance	due	to	be	paid	over	
to	the	plans	was	£0.1m	(2015:	£0.1m).

27. Commitments and contingent liabilities

(a) Operating lease commitments
At	30	September	2016,	the	Group	had	the	following	total	future	lease	payments	under	non-cancellable	operating	leases:

Within	one	year	

Between	one	and	five	years

After	five	years

Total

Land and 
buildings
£m

2.2

6.4

7.0

15.6

Other
£m

-

-

-

-

Total
2016
£m

2.2

6.4

7.0

15.6

Land	and	
buildings
£m

2.5

5.8

5.8

14.1

Other
£m

0.1

-

-

0.1

Total
2015
£m

2.6

5.8

5.8

14.2

Future	minimum	sub-lease	receipts	expected	under	non-cancellable	subleases	at	30	September	2016	total	£1.8m	(2015:	£1.5m).

During	the	year,	£1.6m	(2015:	£1.9m)	was	recognised	in	the	income	statement	in	respect	of	operating	lease	rental	payments	and	£0.4m	(2015:	£0.2m)	
was	recognised	in	respect	of	sub-lease	receipts.

The	Group	leases	various	offices	under	non-cancellable	operating	lease	agreements.	The	leases	have	various	terms,	escalation	clauses	and	renewal	
rights.	The	Group	also	leases	other	equipment	under	non-cancellable	operating	lease	agreements.

(b)  Contingent liabilities
There	are	no	contingent	liabilities	expected	to	result	in	a	material	loss	for	the	Group.

(c)  Capital commitments
There	were	no	material	capital	commitments	as	at	30	September	2016	(2015:	£nil).

28. Related party transactions

The	Group	had	no	material	transactions	with	related	parties	in	2016	or	2015	which	might	reasonably	be	expected	to	influence	decisions	made	by	users	
of	these	financial	statements.

During	the	year,	the	Company	had	management	charges	payable	of	£0.5m	(2015:	£0.2m)	to	subsidiary	undertakings.	The	outstanding	balance	owed	
at	30	September	2016	was	£0.5m	(2015:	£0.2m).

 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

76

29. Acquisitions

Acquisition of Blaze Publishing
On	12	May	2016,	Future	Publishing	Limited	acquired	certain	assets	from	Blaze	Publishing	Limited	for	cash	consideration	of	£0.4m.	In	addition,	
deferred	consideration	of	up	to	£0.3m	is	payable	by	12	May	2017	based	on	gross	contribution	targets.

The	impact	of	the	acquisition	on	the	consolidated	balance	sheet	was:

Intangible	assets:
-	Advertising	relationships

Trade	and	other	payables

Deferred	tax	liabilities

Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Consideration

Consideration	satisfied	by:

Cash	-	initial	consideration

Cash	-	deferred	consideration

Total consideration

Book value
£m

Fair value 
adjustment
£m

Provisional 
fair value
£m

-

																																											0.4

																																											0.4

(0.2)

																																															-

																																											(0.2)

-

																																											(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.2)

                                           0.3

                                           0.1

																																											0.6

                                           0.7

																																											0.4

																																											0.3

                                           0.7

The	goodwill	is	attributable	to	the	synergies	expected	to	arise	in	integrating	the	magazines	and	events	into	the	wider	Future	group.	The	advertising	
relationships	will	be	amortised	over	a	period	of	fifteen	years.

Included	within	the	Group’s	results	for	the	year	are	revenues	of	£0.9m	and	profit	for	the	year	of	£nil	from	the	Blaze	assets.

If	the	acquisition	had	been	completed	on	the	first	day	of	the	financial	year,	it	would	have	contributed	£2.8m	of	revenue	and	profit	of	£0.1m	during	
the	year.

Acquisition of Next Commerce Pty Ltd
On	15	August	2016,	Future	Publishing	(Overseas)	Limited	acquired	100%	of	the	share	capital	of	Next	Commerce	Pty	Ltd	for	cash	consideration	of	
£0.3m.	In	addition,	deferred	consideration	of	up	to	£0.6m,	in	the	form	of	shares	in	Future	plc,	is	payable	by	24	January	2017	based	on	
revenue	performance.

The	impact	of	the	acquisition	on	the	consolidated	balance	sheet	was:

Intangible	assets:
-	E-commerce	technology

Trade	and	other	receivables

Cash

Trade	and	other	payables

Deferred	tax	liabilities

Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Consideration

Consideration	satisfied	by:

Cash	-	initial	consideration

Deferred	consideration	due	in	future	years

Total consideration

Book value
£m

Fair value 
adjustment
£m

Provisional 
fair value
£m

																																															-

																																												0.6

																																											0.6

																																												0.2

																																												0.1

-

-

																																											0.2

																																												0.1

(0.3)

					(0.1)

																																											(0.4)

																																															-

					(0.2)

(0.2)

                                               -

                                            0.3

                                           0.3

																																											0.6

                                           0.9

																																											0.3

																																											0.6

                                           0.9

The	goodwill	is	attributable	to	the	synergies	expected	to	arise	in	leveraging	the	technology	acquired	across	Future’s	existing	portfolio.	The	e-commerce	
technology	will	be	amortised	over	a	period	of	ten	years.

Included	within	the	Group’s	results	for	the	year	are	revenues	of	£0.2m	and	profit	for	the	year	of	£nil	from	Next	Commerce	Pty	Ltd.

If	the	acquisition	had	been	completed	on	the	first	day	of	the	financial	year,	it	would	have	contributed	£2.0m	of	revenue	and	profit	of	£0.2m	during	
the	year.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
77

Future plc

Financial 
statements

29. Acquisitions (continued)

Acquisition of Noble House Media Limited
On	5	April	2016,	Future	Publishing	Limited	acquired	100%	of	the	share	capital	of	Noble	House	Media	Limited	for	cash	consideration	of	£0.1m.

The	impact	of	the	acquisition	on	the	consolidated	balance	sheet	was:

Intangible	assets:
-	Events	acquired

Trade	and	other	receivables

Trade	and	other	payables

Net liabilities acquired

Goodwill

Consideration

Consideration	satisfied	by:

Cash	

Total consideration

Book value
£m

Fair value 
adjustment
£m

Provisional 
fair value
£m

																																														-

0.1

																																											0.1

																																											0.1

																																																-

																																											0.1

(0.4)

(0.3)

																																																-

0.1

(0.4)

(0.2)

																																											0.3

                                           0.1

																																											0.1

                                           0.1

The	goodwill	is	attributable	to	the	synergies	expected	to	arise	in	integrating	the	events	into	the	wider	Future	group.

Included	within	the	Group’s	results	for	the	year	are	revenues	of	£0.3m	and	loss	for	the	year	of	£(0.1)m	from	Noble	House	Media	Limited.

If	the	acquisition	had	been	completed	on	the	first	day	of	the	financial	year,	it	would	have	contributed	£0.8m	of	revenue	and	profit	of	£nil	during	the	year.

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

78

30. Subsidiary undertakings

Details	of	the	Company’s	subsidiaries	at	30	September	2016	are	set	out	below.	All	subsidiaries	are	included	in	the	consolidation.	Shares	of	those	
companies	marked	with	an	*	are	indirectly	owned	by	Future	plc	through	an	intermediate	holding	company.

Company name and registered number

A&S	Publishing	Company	Limited*	
01584580

ECV	Price	Malaysia	Sdn.	Bhd.*
1021502-V

Future	Holdings	(2002)	Limited							
04387886

Future	IP	Limited
08207186

Future	Publishing	Limited*
02008885

Future	Publishing	(Overseas)	Limited*
06202940

Future	Publishing	Holdings	Limited
03430449

Future	US,	Inc*
0513070

Future	Verlag	GmbH*
HRB125675

FutureFolio	Limited*
07956484

FXM	International	Limited
04212478

Rho	Holdings	Limited
00040056

Next	Commerce	Philippines	Inc*
CS201517783

Next	Commerce	Pty	Ltd*
113 146 786

Noble	House	Media	Limited*
03220964

Pricepanda	Group	GmbH*
HRB138471B

Pricepanda	Singapore	Pte	Ltd*
201214200D

Sarracenia	Limited*
04582851

Country of 
incorporation

Nature of business

Holding %

Class of shares

England	and	Wales

Non-trading

Malaysia

Dormant

England	and	Wales

Holding	company

England	and	Wales

Intellectual	property

England	and	Wales

England	and	Wales

Publishing

Publishing

100

100

100

100

100

100

£1	Ordinary	shares

RM1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

England	and	Wales

Holding	company

87.5

1	pence	Ordinary	shares

USA	(State	of	California)

Publishing

Germany

Non-trading

England	and	Wales

Digital	publishing	solutions

England	and	Wales

Non-trading

Guernsey

Investment	company

Philippines

Australia

Dormant

Comparison	shopping	
search	engine

England	and	Wales

Publishing

Germany

Singapore

Dormant

Dormant

100

87.5

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Not	applicable

€1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

₱1	Ordinary	shares

$1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

€1	Ordinary	shares

€1	Ordinary	shares

England	and	Wales

Dormant

     100 

£1	Ordinary	shares

A&S	Publishing	Company	Limited,	Future	Holdings	(2002)	Limited,	Future	IP	Limited,	Future	Publishing	Limited,	FutureFolio	Limited,	FXM	
International	Limited	and	Noble	House	Media	Limited	are	exempt	from	the	requirement	to	file	audited	accounts	by	virtue	of	Section	479A	of	the	
Companies	Act	2006.	Sarracenia	Limited	is	exempt	from	the	requirement	to	file	audited	accounts	by	virtue	of	Section	480	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.

31. Post balance sheet event

On	21	October	2016	the	Company	completed	the	acquisition	of	100%	of	the	share	capital	of	Miura	(Holdings)	Limited,	the	holding	company	and	
ultimate	parent	company	of	Imagine	Publishing	Limited,	for	total	consideration	of	179,567,841	new	Ordinary	shares	in	the	Company	which,	at	the	
closing	price	of	8.5p	on	20	October	2016,	represents	consideration	of	£15.3m.	As	part	of	this	transaction	the	Group	refinanced,	entering	into	new	bank	
facilities	totalling	£14.0m.	Further	details	of	these	new	facilities	are	included	within	note	19.

Fair	value	information	on	the	assets	and	liabilities	acquired	is	not	yet	available.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
79

Future plc

Notice of Annual 
General Meeting

This	Notice	of	Meeting	is	important	and	requires	your	immediate	attention.

If	you	are	in	any	doubt	as	to	what	action	you	should	take,	you	should	consult	your	
stockbroker,	bank	manager,	solicitor,	accountant	or	other	independent	adviser	
authorised	under	the	Financial	Services	and	Markets	Act	2000.

If	you	have	sold	or	otherwise	transferred	all	your	shares	in	Future	plc,	please	forward	
this	notice,	together	with	the	accompanying	documents,	as	soon	as	possible	either	to	
the	purchaser	or	transferee,	or	to	the	person	who	arranged	the	sale	or	transfer	so	that	
they	can	pass	these	documents	to	the	purchaser	or	transferee.

Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice	is	hereby	given	that	the	eighteenth	Annual	General	Meeting	of	Future	plc	will	be	held	
on	Wednesday	1	February	2017	at	Future’s	London	office,	1-10	Praed	Mews,	London	W2	1QY	
at	10:30am	at	which	the	following	resolutions	numbered	1	to	14	will	be	proposed	as	ordinary	
resolutions,	and	resolutions	numbered	15	to	18	will	be	proposed	as	special	resolutions.	

Ordinary Business

Ordinary resolutions

11.	

	To	authorise	the	Directors	to	determine	
the	remuneration	of	the	auditors	of	the	
Company.

	To	receive	and	adopt	the	audited	financial	
statements	of	the	Company	for	the	
financial	year	ended	30	September	2016	
and	the	reports	of	the	Directors	and	the	
auditors	(the	“Annual	Report”).

12.	

1.		

2.		

3.		

	To	approve	the	Directors’	remuneration	
implementation	report	as	set	out	in	pages	
30	to	35	of	the	Annual	Report	of	the	
Company	for	the	financial	year	ended	30	
September	2016.

	To	approve	the	Remuneration	policy	
report	as	set	out	in	pages	36	to	39	of	
the	Annual	Report	of	the	Company	for	
the	three	year	period	commencing	on	1	
October	2016.	

4.	 To	elect	as	a	Director	James	Hanbury.

5.	 To	re-elect	as	a	Director	Peter	Allen.

6.	

7.	

	To	re-elect	as	a	Director	Zillah	 
Byng-Thorne.

	To	re-elect	as	a	Director	Penny	
Ladkin-Brand.

8.	 To	re-elect	as	a	Director	Manjit		

Wolstenholme.

9.	

	To	re-elect	as	a	Director	Hugo	Drayton.

10.	

	To	reappoint	PricewaterhouseCoopers	
LLP,	Chartered	Accountants	and	
Registered	Auditors,	as	auditors	of	the	
Company	to	hold	office	until	the	conclusion	
of	the	next	General	Meeting	at	which	
accounts	are	laid	before	the	Company.

	That,	in	substitution	for	any	existing	
authority,	the	Directors	be	and	are	
hereby	generally	and	unconditionally	
authorised	in	accordance	with	section	551	
of	the	Companies	Act	2006	(the	‘Act’)	to	
exercise	all	the	powers	of	the	Company	to	
allot	shares	in	the	Company	and	to	grant	
rights	to	subscribe	for,	or	to	convert	any	
security	into,	shares	in	the	Company:

12.1	 	in	connection	with	an	offer	by	way	of	a	

rights	issue	(comprising	equity	securities	
as	defined	by	section	560	of	the	Act),	
up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	amount	of	
£3,656,200	(such	amount	to	be	reduced	
by	the	nominal	amount	of	any	relevant	
securities	allotted	under	paragraph	
12.2	below):

(a)	

(b)	

	to	holders	of	Ordinary	shares	in	the	
capital	of	the	Company	in	proportion	(as	
nearly	as	may	be	practicable)	to	their	
respective	holdings	of	Ordinary	shares	in	
the	capital	of	the	Company;	and

	to	holders	of	any	other	equity	securities 	
as	required	by	the	rights	of	those 	
securities	or	as	the	Directors	otherwise	
consider	necessary,	but	subject	to	such	
exclusions	or	other	arrangements	as	the	
Board	may	deem	necessary	or	expedient	
in	relation	to	treasury	shares,	fractional	
entitlements,	record	dates,	legal	or	
practical	problems	in	or	under	the	laws	of 	
any	territory,	or	the	requirements	of	any 	
regulatory	body	or	stock	exchange;	and

12.2		in	any	other	case,	up	to	an	aggregate 	

nominal	amount	of	£1,828,100	(such	
amount	to	be	reduced	by	the	nominal 	
amount	of	any	equity	securities	allotted	
under	paragraph	12.1	above	in	excess	
of	£1,828,100),	at	any	time	or	times 	
during	the	period	beginning	on	the	date 	
of	the	passing	of	this	resolution	and 	
ending	following	the	conclusion	of	the	
Company’s	next	Annual	General	Meeting	
or,	if	earlier,	on	31	March	2018	(unless 	
previously	revoked	or	varied	by	the	
Company	in	General	Meeting)	save	that	
the	Company	may	before	expiry	of	this 	
authority	make	an	offer	or	agreement	
which	would	or	might	require	relevant	
securities	to	be	allotted	after	its	expiry 	
and	the	Directors	may	allot	relevant	
securities	pursuant	to	such	an	offer	or 	
agreement	as	if	the	authority	hereby	
conferred	had	not	expired.

13.	

	That,	following	the	broader	definitions	
introduced	by	sections	363	to	365	of	the 	
Act	of	the	terms	used	in	(i),	(ii)	and	(iii) 	
below	(which	for	the	purposes	of	this 	
resolution	have	the	meanings	given	by	
the	Act),	the	Company	and	its	
subsidiaries	at	any	time	during	the	period 	
for	which	the	resolution	is	effective	be 	
authorised	together	to:

(i)		

	make	political	donations	to	political	
parties	and/or	independent	election	
candidates	not	exceeding	£50,000	
in	total;

(ii)	

	make	political	donations	to	political	
organisations	other	than	political	parties	
not	exceeding	£50,000	in	total;	and

	
	
	
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

80

Special resolutions

17.	

(iii)	

	incur	political	expenditure	not	exceeding	
£50,000	in	total,	during	the	period	
beginning	with	the	date	of	the	passing	of 	
this	resolution	and	ending	following	the	
conclusion	of	the	Company’s	next	Annual	
General	Meeting	or,	if	earlier,	on	31 	
March	2018.	

14.	 That,	subject	to	and	conditional	upon		

admission	of	the	New	Ordinary	Shares		
(as	defined	below)	to	the	standard	listing		
segment	of	the	Official	List	and	to	trading	 	
on	London	Stock	Exchange	plc’s	main		
market	for	listed	securities	becoming		
effective,	every	15	Ordinary	shares	of	1		
pence	each	in	the	capital	of	the		
Company	in	issue	and	outstanding	or		
held	in	treasury	as	at	6.00	p.m.	on		
Wednesday,	1	February	2017	(or	such		
other	time	and	date	as	the	Directors	may		
determine)	be	consolidated	into	1		
Ordinary	share	of	15	pence	in	the	capital		
of	the	Company	(each	a	“New	Ordinary		
Share”),	provided	that,	where	such		 	
consolidation	results	in	any	member		
being	entitled	to	a	fraction	of	a	New			
Ordinary	Share,	such	fraction	shall,	so		
far	as	possible,	be	aggregated	with	the		
fractions	of	New	Ordinary	Shares	to			
which	other	members	of	the	Company		
may	be	entitled	and	the	Directors	be	and		
are	hereby	authorised	to	sell	(or	appoint		
any	other	person	to	sell	to	any	person),		
on	behalf	of	the	relevant	members,	all		
the	New	Ordinary	Shares	representing		
such	fractions	at	the	best	price		
reasonably	obtainable	to	any	person,		
and	to	pay	the	proceeds	of	sale	(net	of		
expenses)	in	due	proportion	to	the		
relevant	members	entitled	thereto	(save		
that	any	fraction	of	a	penny	which	would		
otherwise	be	payable	shall	be	rounded		
up	or	down	in	accordance	with	the	usual		
practice	of	the	registrar	of	the	Company		
and,	subject	to	resolution	17	being		 	
passed,	if	the	proceeds	are	less	than		
£3.00	in	the	case	of	any	one	shareholder,		
they	will	be	donated	to	charities	chosen		
by	the	Company)	and	that	any	Director		
(or	any	person	appointed	by	the		
Directors)	shall		be	and	is	hereby
authorised	to	execute	an	instrument	of		
transfer	in	respect	of	such	shares	on		
behalf	of	the	relevant	members	and	to	do		
all	acts	and	things	the	Directors	consider		
necessary	or	expedient	to	effect	the			
transfer	of	such	shares	to,	or	in		
accordance	with	the	directions	of,	any		
buyer	of	any	such	shares.

15.	

	That,	subject	to	the	passing	of	resolution 	
12,	the	Directors	be	and	are	hereby 	
authorised	pursuant	to	Article	3.2	and	
section	570	of	the	Act	to	allot	equity 	
securities	(within	the	meaning	of	section	
560	of	the	Act)	for	cash	pursuant	to	the 	
authority	conferred	upon	it	for	the	
purposes	of	section	551	of	the	Act	by 	
resolution	12	provided	that	such	authority	
shall	be	limited	to:

(a)		 	the	allotment	of	equity	securities	in	
connection	with	an	offer	by	way	of	a 	
rights	issue,	open	offer	or	pre-emptive	
offer	to	holders	of	Ordinary	shares	on	the 	
register	of	members	of	the	Company	on 	
a	date	fixed	by	the	Directors	where	the 	
equity	securities	to	be	allotted	to	existing 	
shareholders	shall	be	in	proportion	(as	
nearly	as	may	be)	to	their	respective 	
holdings	and,	if	the	rights	attaching	to 	
any	other	equity	securities	so	provide,	in 	
favour	of	the	holders	of	those	equity 	
securities	in	accordance	with	such	rights,	
but	subject	to	such	exclusions	or	other 	
arrangements	as	the	Directors	consider	
necessary	or	expedient	in	connection	
with	Ordinary	shares	representing	
fractional	entitlements	or	on	account	of	
either	legal	or	practical	problems	arising	
in	connection	with	the	laws	of	any 	
territory,	or	of	the	requirements	of	any 	
generally	recognised	regulatory	body	or	
stock	exchange	in	any	territory;	and

(b)		 	the	allotment	(otherwise	than	pursuant	to	
sub-paragraph	(a)	above)	of	equity	
securities	up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	
amount	of	£548,430	(representing	just	
under	10%	of	the	issued	share	capital	of 	
the	Company	as	at	13	December	2016) 	
and	such	authority	shall	expire	at	the 	
conclusion	of	the	Company’s	next	Annual	
General	Meeting	or,	if	earlier,	on	31 	
March	2018	(save	that	the	Company	may 	
before	the	expiry	of	such	authority	make 	
an	offer	or	agreement	which	would	or 	
might	require	equity	securities	to	be	
allotted	after	its	expiry	and	the	Directors 	
may	allot	equity	securities	pursuant	to	
such	an	offer	or	agreement	as	if	the 	
power	hereby	conferred	had	not	expired).

16.	

	That	a	general	meeting,	other	than	an 	
Annual	General	Meeting,	may	be	called	
on	not	less	than	14	clear	days’	notice.

	That	the	articles	of	association	of	the 	
Company	(the	“Articles”)	be	amended	so	
as	to	add	the	following	paragraph	at	the 	
end	of	Article	2.5:	
“Where	any	member’s	entitlement	to	a	
portion	of	the	proceeds	of	sale	amounts 	
to	less	than	a	minimum	figure	determined 	
by	the	Directors	from	time	to	time	(and	if 	
not	so	determined	£3.00),	that	member’s	
portion	may,	at	the	Directors’	discretion,	
be	distributed	to	an	institution	which	is	a 	
charity	for	the	purposes	of	the	law	of 	
England	and	Wales.”

18.		 	That	the	Articles	be	amended	so	as	to 	

add	the	following	Article	27:	
“Power	to	change	the	name	of	the 	
Company	
The	Board	may	change	the	name	of	the 	
Company.”

On	behalf	of	the	Board

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	
and	Company	Secretary
13	December	2016

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
81

Future plc

Notice of  
Annual General 
Meeting

Notes

Further information about the AGM

Electronic appointment of proxies

Eligible shareholders

1.	

	Information	regarding	the	meeting,	
including	the	information	required	by	
section	311A	of	the	Act,	is	available	from:	
www.futureplc.com/invest-in-future.

Attendance at the AGM

2.		 	If	you	wish	to	attend	the	meeting	in 	

person,	please	bring	the	attendance	card	
attached	to	your	form	of	proxy	and	arrive 	
at	Future’s	London	office,	1-10	Praed	
Mews,	London	W2	1QY,	in	sufficient	
time	for	registration.	Appointment	of	
a	proxy	does	not	preclude	a	member 	
from	attending	the	meeting	and	voting 	
in	person.	If	a	member	has	appointed	a 	
proxy	and	attends	the	meeting	in	person, 	
the	proxy	appointment	will	automatically	
be	terminated.

Appointment of proxies

3.		 	Any	member	entitled	to	attend	and	vote	
at	the	meeting	may	appoint	one	or	more	
proxies	to	attend,	speak	and	vote	in	their	
place.	A	member	may	appoint	more	than	
one	proxy	provided	that	each	proxy	is	
appointed	to	exercise	the	rights	attached	
to	a	different	share	or	shares	held	by	that	
shareholder.	If	you	appoint	multiple	proxies	
for	a	number	of	shares	in	excess	of	your	
holding,	the	proxy	appointments	may	be	
treated	as	invalid.	A	proxy	need	not	be	a	
member	of	the	Company.	A	proxy	card	
is	enclosed.	To	be	effective,	proxy	cards	
should	be	completed	in	accordance	with	
these	notes	and	the	notes	to	the	proxy	
form,	signed	and	returned	so	as	to	be	
received	by	the	Company’s	Registrars:	

Computershare	Investor	Services	PLC,	
The	Pavilions,	Bridgwater	Road,	Bristol	
BS99	6ZY	

not	later	than	10:30am	on	Monday	30	
January	2017	being	two	business	days	
before	the	time	appointed	for	the	holding	of	
the	meeting.	If	you	submit	more	than	one	
valid	proxy	appointment,	the	appointment	
received	last	before	the	latest	time	for	the	
receipt	of	proxies	will	take	precedence.

4.		 	As	an	alternative	to	completing	the	printed	
proxy	form,	you	may	appoint	a	proxy	
electronically	by	visiting	the	following	
website:	www.investorcentre.co.uk/eproxy.	
You	will	be	asked	to	enter	the	Control	
Number,	the	Shareholder	Reference	
Number	(SRN)	and	PIN	as	printed	on	your	
proxy	form	and	to	agree	to	certain	terms	
and	conditions.	To	be	effective,	electronic	
appointments	must	have	been	received	by	
the	Company’s	Registrars	not	later	than	
10:30am	on	Monday	30	January	2017.

Number of shares in issue

5.		 	As	at	the	close	of	business	on	13	December	
2016	(being	the	last	business	day	prior	to	
the	publication	of	this	notice)	the	Company’s	
issued	share	capital	consisted	of	
548,430,719	Ordinary	shares	of	one	penny	
each.	Each	Ordinary	share	carries	one	vote.	
There	are	no	shares	held	in	treasury.	The	
total	number	of	voting	rights	in	the	Company	
is	therefore	548,430,719.

Documents available for inspection

6.		 	Printed	copies	of	the	service	contracts	of	

the	Company’s	Directors	and	the	letters	
of	appointment	for	the	non-executive	
Directors	will	be	available	for	inspection	
during	usual	business	hours	on	any	
weekday	(Saturdays,	Sundays	and	public	
holidays	excluded)	at	the	Company’s	
London	office	at

1-10	Praed	Mews,	
London,	
	 W2	1QY

and	at	the	Company’s	registered	office	at	

Quay	House,	
The	Ambury,	
Bath,	
BA1	1UA

including	on	the	day	of	the	meeting	from		
10:15am	until	its	completion.

7.		

	The	Company,	pursuant	to	Regulation	
41	of	The	Uncertificated	Securities	
Regulations	2001,	specifies	that	only	those	
members	on	the	register	of	the	Company	
as	at	6pm	on	Monday	30	January	2017	
or,	if	this	meeting	is	adjourned,	in	the	
register	of	members	48	hours	before	the	
time	of	any	adjourned	meeting,	shall	be	
entitled	to	attend	and	vote	at	the	meeting	
in	respect	of	the	number	of	shares	
registered	in	their	name	at	that	time.	
Changes	to	entries	on	the	Register	after	
6pm	on	Monday	30	January	2017	or,	if	this	
meeting	is	adjourned,	in	the	register	of	
members	48	hours	before	the	time	of	any	
adjourned	meeting,	shall	be	disregarded	
in	determining	the	rights	of	any	person	to	
attend	or	vote	at	the	meeting.

Indirect investors

8.		 	Any	person	to	whom	this	notice	is	sent 	

who	is	a	person	that	has	been	nominated 	
under	section	146	of	the	Act	to	enjoy 	
information	rights	(a	‘Nominated	Person’)	
does	not	have	a	right	to	appoint	a 	
proxy.	However,	a	Nominated	Person	
may,	under	an	agreement	with	the	
registered	shareholder	by	whom	they	
were	nominated	(a	‘Relevant	Member’),	
have	a	right	to	be	appointed	(or	to	have 	
someone	else	appointed)	as	a	proxy	for 	
the	meeting.	Alternatively,	if	a	Nominated	
Person	does	not	have	such	a	right,	or 	
does	not	wish	to	exercise	it,	they	may 	
have	a	right	under	any	such	agreement	to 	
give	instructions	to	the	Relevant	Member	
as	to	the	exercise	of	voting	rights.		

A	Nominated	Person’s	main	point	of	
contact	in	terms	of	their	investment	in	the 	
Company	remains	the	Relevant	Member	
(or,	perhaps,	the	Nominated	Person’s	
custodian	or	broker)	and	the	Nominated	
Person	should	continue	to	contact	
them	(and	not	the	Company)	regarding	
any	changes	or	queries	relating	to	the 	
Nominated	Person’s	personal	details	and	
their	interest	in	the	Company	(including	
any	administrative	matters).	The	only	
exception	to	this	is	where	the	Company 	
expressly	requests	a	response	from	the	
Nominated	Person.

 
 
	
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

82

message	is	transmitted	by	means	of	the	
CREST	system	by	any	particular	time.	In	
this	connection,	CREST	members	and,	
where	applicable,	their	CREST	sponsors	
or	voting	service	providers	are	referred,	in	
particular,	to	those	sections	of	the	CREST	
Manual	concerning	practical	limitations	of	
the	CREST	system	and	timings.

The	Company	may	treat	as	invalid	a	CREST	
Proxy	Instruction	in	the	circumstances	
set	out	in	Regulation	35(5)(a)	of	the	
Uncertificated	Securities	Regulations	2001.

Amending a proxy

10.			To	change	a	proxy	instruction,	a	member 	
needs	to	submit	a	new	proxy	appointment 	
using	the	methods	set	out	above.	Note 	
that	the	deadlines	for	receipt	of	proxy 	
appointments	(see	above)	also	apply	
in	relation	to	amended	instructions;	
any	amended	proxy	appointment	
received	after	the	relevant	deadline	
will	be	disregarded.	Where	a	member	
has	appointed	a	proxy	using	the	paper 	
proxy	form	and	would	like	to	change	the 	
instructions	using	another	such	form,	that	
member	should	contact	the	Registrars	on	
+44	(0)370	707	1443.	

	If	more	than	one	valid	proxy	appointment 	
is	submitted,	the	appointment	received	
last	before	the	deadline	for	the	receipt	of 	
proxies	will	take	precedence.

Revoking a proxy

11.			In	order	to	revoke	a	proxy	instruction,	a	
signed	letter	clearly	stating	a	member’s	
intention	to	revoke	a	proxy	appointment	
must	be	sent	by	post	or	by	hand	to	the	
Company’s	Registrars:

Corporate members

12.	 	In	the	case	of	a	member	which	is	a 	

company,	any	proxy	form,	amendment 	
or	revocation	must	be	executed	under	its 	
common	seal	or	signed	on	its	behalf	by 	
an	officer	of	the	company	or	an	attorney 	
for	the	company.	Any	power	of	attorney 	
or	any	other	authority	under	which 	
the	documents	are	signed	(or	a	duly 	
certified	copy	of	such	power	of	authority) 	
must	be	included.	A	corporate	member 	
can	appoint	one	or	more	corporate 	
representatives	who	may	exercise,	on 	
its	behalf,	all	its	powers	as	a	member 	
provided	that	no	more	than	one	corporate 	
representative	exercises	powers	over	
the	same	share.	Members	considering 	
the	appointment	of	a	corporate 	
representative	should	check	their	own 	
legal	position,	the	Company’s	articles	of 	
association	and	the	relevant	provision	of 	
the	Companies	Act	2006.

Joint holders

13.		Where	more	than	one	of	the	joint	holders	

purports	to	vote	or	appoint	a	proxy,	only	
the	vote	or	appointment	submitted	by	the	
member	whose	name	appears	first	on	the	
register	will	be	accepted.

Questions at the AGM

14.	 	Under	section	319A	of	the	Act,	the	

Company	must	answer	any	question	you	
ask	relating	to	the	business	being	dealt	
with	at	the	meeting	unless:

(a)	 	answering	the	question	would	interfere	

unduly	with	the	preparation	for	the	meeting	
or	involve	the	disclosure	of	confidential	
information;

Computershare	Investor	Services	PLC,	 
The	Pavilions,	Bridgwater	Road,	 
Bristol	BS99	6ZY.	

(b)		 	the	answer	has	already	been	given	on	
a	website	in	the	form	of	an	answer	to	a	
question;	or

Note	that	the	deadlines	for	receipt	of	proxy	
appointments	(see	above)	also	apply	in	
relation	to	revocations;	any	revocation	
received	after	the	relevant	deadline	will	be	
disregarded.

(c)		 	it	is	undesirable	in	the	interests	of	the	

Company	or	the	good	order	of	the	meeting	
that	the	question	be	answered.

Appointment of proxies  
through CREST

9.		 	CREST	members	who	wish	to	appoint	
a	proxy	or	proxies	through	the	CREST	
electronic	proxy	appointment	service	
may	do	so	for	the	meeting	and	any	
adjournment(s)	thereof	by	using	the	
procedures	described	in	the	CREST	
Manual.	CREST	personal	members	or	other	
CREST	sponsored	members,	and	those	
CREST	members	who	have	appointed	a	
voting	service	provider(s),	should	refer	to	
their	CREST	sponsor	or	voting	service	
provider(s),	who	will	be	able	to	take	the	
appropriate	action	on	their	behalf.

In	order	for	a	proxy	appointment	or	
instruction	made	using	the	CREST	
service	to	be	valid,	the	appropriate	
CREST	message	(a	‘CREST	Proxy	
Instruction’)	must	be	properly	authenticated	
in	accordance	with	Euroclear	UK	&	
Ireland	Limited’s	specifications	and	must	
contain	the	information	required	for	such	
instructions,	as	described	in	the	CREST	
Manual.	The	message,	regardless	of	
whether	it	constitutes	the	appointment	of	a	
proxy	or	an	amendment	to	the	instruction	
given	to	a	previously	appointed	proxy	must,	
in	order	to	be	valid,	be	transmitted	so	as	
to	be	received	by	the	issuer’s	agent	(ID	
3RA50)	by	10:30am	on	Monday	30	January	
2017	or,	if	the	meeting	is	adjourned,	not	
less	than	48	hours	before	the	time	fixed	for	
the	adjourned	meeting.	For	this	purpose,	
the	time	of	receipt	will	be	taken	to	be	the	
time	(as	determined	by	the	timestamp	
applied	to	the	message	by	the	CREST	
Applications	Host)	from	which	the	issuer’s	
agent	is	able	to	retrieve	the	message	by	
enquiry	to	CREST	in	the	manner	prescribed	
by	CREST.	After	this	time	any	change	of	
instructions	to	proxies	appointed	through	
CREST	should	be	communicated	to	the	
appointee	through	other	means.

CREST	members	and,	where	applicable,	
their	CREST	sponsors	or	voting	service	
providers	should	note	that	Euroclear	UK	
&	Ireland	Limited	does	not	make	available	
special	procedures	in	CREST	for	any	
particular	messages.	Normal	system	
timings	and	limitations	will	therefore	apply	
in	relation	to	the	input	of	CREST	Proxy	
Instructions.	It	is	the	responsibility	of	the	
CREST	member	concerned	to	take	(or,	if	
the	CREST	member	is	a	CREST	personal	
member	or	sponsored	member	or	has	
appointed	a	voting	service	provider(s),	to	
procure	that	his	CREST	sponsor	or	voting	
service	provider(s)	take(s))	such	action	
as	shall	be	necessary	to	ensure	that	a	

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
	
 
 
83

Future plc

Notice of  
Annual General 
Meeting

Members’ right to require circulation of 
a resolution to be proposed at the AGM

15.	 	Under	section	338	of	the	Act,	a	member	or	
members	meeting	the	qualification	criteria	
set	out	at	note	18	below,	may,	subject	to	
conditions	set	out	at	note	19,	require	the	
Company	to	give	to	members	notice	of	a	
resolution	which	may	properly	be	moved	
and	is	intended	to	be	moved	at	that	meeting.

 Members’ right to have a matter of 
business dealt with at the AGM

16.			Under	section	338A	of	the	Act,	a	member	
or	members	meeting	the	qualification	
criteria	set	out	at	note	18	below,	may,	
subject	to	the	conditions	set	out	at	note	
19,	require	the	Company	to	include	in	the	
business	to	be	dealt	with	at	the	AGM	a	
matter	(other	than	a	proposed	resolution)	
which	may	properly	be	included	in	the	
business	(a	matter	of	business).

Website publication of any  
audit concerns

17.			Pursuant	to	Chapter	5	of	Part	16	of	the	
Act,	where	requested	by	a	member	or	
members	meeting	the	qualification	criteria	
set	out	at	note	18	below,	the	Company	
must	publish	on	its	website	a	statement	
setting	out	any	matter	that	such	members	
propose	to	raise	at	the	AGM	relating	to	the	
audit	of	the	Company’s	accounts	(including	
the	auditors’	report	and	the	conduct	of	the	
audit)	that	are	to	be	laid	before	the	AGM.

	Where	the	Company	is	required	to	publish 	
such	a	statement	on	its	website:

(a)		 	it	may	not	require	the	members	making	the	
request	to	pay	any	expenses	incurred	by	
the	Company	in	complying	with	the	request;

(b)		 	it	must	forward	the	statement	to	the 	

Company’s	auditors	no	later	than	the	time 	
the	statement	is	made	available	on	the 	
Company’s	website;	and

(c)		 	the	statement	may	be	dealt	with	as	part	of 	

the	business	of	the	AGM.

The	request:

(d)	 	may	be	in	hard	copy	form	or	in	electronic 	
form	and	must	be	authenticated	by	the 	
person	or	persons	making	it	(see	note 	
19(d)	and	(e)	below);

(e)		 	should	either	set	out	the	statement	in 	
full	or,	if	supporting	a	statement	sent 	
by	another	member,	clearly	identify	the	
statement	which	is	being	supported;	and

(d)		 	in	the	case	of	a	request	made	in	hard	copy	

form,	such	request	must	be:

(i)		 	signed	by	you	and	state	your	full	name	and	

address;	and

(f)		 	must	be	received	by	the	Company	at	least 	

one	week	before	the	AGM.

(ii)		 sent	either:	by	post	to	

Members’ qualification criteria

18.			In	order	to	be	able	to	exercise	the	members’	
rights	set	out	in	notes	15	to	17	above	the	
relevant	request	must	be	made	by:

(a)		 	a	member	or	members	having	a	right	to	

Company	Secretary,	
Future	plc,	
Quay	House,	
The	Ambury,	
Bath	BA1	1UA;	

or	by	fax	to	+44(0)1225	732266

vote	at	the	AGM	and	holding	at	least	5%	of	
total	voting	rights	of	the	Company;	or

	marked	for	the	attention	of	the	Company	
Secretary;	and

(b)		 	at	least	100	members	having	a	right	to	vote	
at	the	AGM	and	holding,	on	average,	at	
least	£100	of	paid	up	share	capital.

(e)		 	in	the	case	of	a	request	made	in	electronic	

form,	such	request	must:

(i)		 	state	your	full	name	and	address;	and

Conditions

(ii)		 	be	sent	to	cosec@futurenet.com.	

	Please	state	‘AGM’	in	the	subject	line	of	the	
email.	You	may	not	use	this	electronic	address	
to	communicate	with	the	Company	for	any	
other	purpose.

19.	 The	conditions	are	that:

(a)		 	any	resolution	must	not,	if	passed,	

be	ineffective	(whether	by	reason	of	
inconsistency	with	any	enactment	or	the	
Company’s	constitution	or	otherwise);

(b)		 	the	resolution	or	matter	of	business	must	

not	be	defamatory	of	any	person,	frivolous	
or	vexatious;

(c)		 the	request:

(i)		 	may	be	in	hard	copy	form	or	in 	 

electronic	form;

(ii)		 	must	identify	the	resolution	or	the	matter	 
of	business	of	which	notice	is	to	be	
given	by	either	setting	it	out	in	full	or,	if	
supporting	a	resolution/matter	of	business	
sent	by	another	member,	clearly	identifying	
the	resolution/matter	of	business	which	is	
being	supported;

(iii)			in	the	case	of	a	resolution,	must	be	

accompanied	by	a	statement	setting	out	
the	grounds	for	the	request;

(iv)			must	be	authenticated	by	the	person	or	

persons	making	it;	and

(v)		 	must	be	received	by	the	Company	not	later	
than	six	weeks	before	the	date	of	the	AGM;

 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

84

Investor information

For enquiries of a general nature regarding the Company and 
for investor relations enquiries please contact Penny Ladkin-
Brand at the Company’s Registered Office, or visit  
www.futureplc.com and select the investor relations section.

Registrar and transfer office

The	Company’s	share	register	is	maintained	by:

Computershare	Investor	Services	PLC
The	Pavilions
Bridgwater	Road
Bristol	 BS13	8AE
Tel:	+44	(0)370	707	1443

Shareholders	should	contact	the	Registrar,	Computershare,	in	connection	with	changes 	
of	address,	lost	share	certificates,	transfers	of	shares	and	bank	mandate	forms	to	enable 	
automated	payment	of	dividends.

Online information – www.investorcentre.co.uk

Our	Registrar,	Computershare,	has	a	service	to	provide	shareholders	with	online	internet	access	
to	details	of	their	shareholdings.	

The	service	is	free,	secure	and	easy	to	use.	 
To	register	for	the	service,	go	to	
www.investorcentre.co.uk.

Unsolicited mail

The	share	register	is	by	law	a	public	document.	To	limit	the	receipt	of	mail	from	other 	
organisations,	please	register	with	the	Mailing	Preference	Service,	by	visiting 	
www.mpsonline.org.uk/mpsr/.

Warning to shareholders – ‘boiler room’ scams

In	recent	years,	many	companies	have	become	aware	that	their	shareholders	have	received	
unsolicited	phone	calls	or	correspondence	concerning	investment	matters.	These	are	typically	
from	overseas-based	‘brokers’	who	target	UK	shareholders,	offering	to	sell	them	what	often	turn	
out	to	be	worthless	or	high-risk	shares	in	US	or	UK	investments.	These	operations	are	commonly	
known	as	‘boiler	rooms’.	These	‘brokers’	can	be	very	persistent	and	extremely	persuasive.

It	is	not	just	the	novice	investor	that	has	been	duped	in	this	way;	many	of	the	victims	had	been	
successfully	investing	for	several	years.	Shareholders	are	advised	to	be	very	wary	of	any	unsolicited	
advice,	offers	to	buy	shares	at	a	discount	or	offers	of	free	company	reports.	If	you	receive	any	
unsolicited	investment	advice:

•	

	Make	sure	you	get	the	correct	name	of	the	person	and	organisation

	Check	that	they	are	properly	authorised	by	the	FCA	before	getting	involved	by	visiting	

•	
  www.fca.org.uk/register

•	

	Report	the	matter	to	the	FCA	either	by	calling	0800 111 6768 or	by	completing	the	fraud	
reporting	form	on	the	FCA	website	at:	www.fca.org.uk/consumers/scams/investment-
scams/share-fraud-and-boiler-room-scams/reporting-form

•	

If	the	calls	persist,	hang	up.

If	you	deal	with	an	unauthorised	firm,	you	will	not	be	eligible	to	receive	payment	under	the	
Financial	Services	Compensation	Scheme.	

Details	of	any	share	dealing	facilities	that	the	Company	endorses	will	be	included	in	company	mailings.

More	detailed	information	on	this	or	similar	activity	can	be	found	at	 
www.moneyadviceservice.org.uk.

i

Registered office

Future	plc
Quay	House
The	Ambury
Bath	BA1	1UA

Tel	+44	(0)1225	442244

www.futureplc.com/invest-in-future

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
85

Future plc

Directors and advisers

Advisers

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP
Chartered	accountants	and	statutory	auditors
2	Glass	Wharf
Bristol	BS2	0FR	

Broker
Numis	Securities	Ltd
10	Paternoster	Square
London	 EC4M	7LT

Principal bankers
HSBC	Bank	plc
8	Canada	Square
London
E14	5HQ

Registrar 
Computershare	Investor	Services	PLC
The	Pavilions
Bridgwater	Road
Bristol	 BS13	8AE	

Directors

Peter Allen 
Chairman 

James Hanbury
Deputy	Chairman

Zillah Byng-Thorne
Chief	Executive

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	
and	Company	Secretary

Manjit Wolstenholme
Senior	independent	non-executive	Director

Hugo Drayton
Independent	non-executive	Director	

Offices

Registered office
Future	plc
Quay	House
The	Ambury
Bath	BA1	1UA
Tel	+44	(0)1225	442244

London office
1-10	Praed	Mews
London	 W2	1QY
Tel	+44	(0)20	7042	4000

Leamington office
First	floor
Unit	4,	Jephson	Court
Tancred	Close	
Leamington	Spa	CV31	3RZ
Tel	+44	(0)1225	442244

www.futureplc.com

Company	registration	number	3757874
Registered	in	England	and	Wales

Financial calendar

Announcement of  
annual results 
23	November	2016

Annual General Meeting
1	February	2017

Half-year end
31	March	2017

Announcement of  
interim results
May	2017

Financial year-end
30	September	2017

	
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2016

86

Contacts 

Future plc and  
Future Publishing Ltd
Registered office
Quay	House
The	Ambury
Bath	BA1	1UA

Tel	+44	(0)1225	442244

Future US, Inc.
1	Lombard	Street
Suite	200
San	Francisco
CA	94111
USA

Tel	+1	650	238	2400

www.futureplc.com

London office
1-10	Praed	Mews
London	 W2	1QY

Tel	+44	(0)20	7042	4000

Leamington office
First	floor
Unit	4,	Jephson	Court
Tancred	Close	
Leamington	Spa	CV31	3RZ

Tel	+44	(0)1225	442244

Future Publishing 
(Overseas) Ltd
Suite	3,	Level	10
100	Walker	Street
North	Sydney
NSW 2060
Australia

Tel	+61	2	9955	2677

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s